Home

RADWIN 2000 Link

1. Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduReadCommunity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 15 DisplayString RW Read Community String This parameter always returns when retrieving its value lt is used by the Manager application to change the Read Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values winlink1000OduReadWriteCommunity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 16 DisplayString RW Read Write Community String This parameter always returns when retrieving its value It is used by the Manager application to change the Read Write Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values winlink1000OduTrapCommunity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 17 DisplayString RW Trap Community String This parameter is used by the Manager application to change the Trap Community String The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values winlink10000duAdmSnmpAgentVersion 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 18 Integer RO Major version of the SNMP agent winlink10000duAdmRemoteSiteName 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 19 DisplayString RO Remote site name Returns the same value as SysLocation parameter of the remote site winlink10000duAdmSnmpAgentMinorVe 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 20 Integer RO Minor version of the SNMP agent rsion winlink1000OduAdmLinkPassword 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 21 DisplayString RW Link Password This parameter always returns when retrieving its value It is used by the Manager application t
2. 2 4 Chapter 3 Hardware Installation Safety 3 1 Preventing overexposure to RF energy eee 3 1 GIOUNGING A ANE 3 1 Protection against Lightning 3 2 GONE B 3 2 Packag DE UU CEN eue 3 2 ODU Fackage CONntelits sus vs ius sens eo xus 3 2 IDU Package Content Sosson ern Eau rea ex XX EEYR en eme lunes Ru 3 4 External Antenna Package essen 3 5 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 vi Additional Tools and Materials Required 3 5 700 5 3 5 Cables ANA connectors REN 3 5 Hardware Installation Sequence sisi 3 5 Outdoor InstallatlOl ccu enean eine rU roe canal waite 3 6 Preparing the ODU before Deployment eese eee eene nenne nne nnn nne nnn nnn nnn 3 6 MOURLNG the ODU REEL 3 7 Mounting external antennas 3 7 Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices 3 8 6 04 08 8 3 8 3 8 Mounting tle IDUS ssec ie eot 3 8 Connecting power
3. 5 15 FIGURE 5 11 ANTENNA CONFIGURATION DIALOG WITH OPENED TYPE SELECTION 5 16 FIGURE 5 12 SERVICES AND RATES nenne nennen nnn nna nnns 5 17 FIGURE 5 13 TDM PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION sceceececseceveusuueueauausaususuvaueaueusuusanas 5 18 FIGURE 5 14 CONFIGURATION WIZARD EXIT SUMMARY 6 5 19 FIGURE 5 15 MAIN WINDOW OF THE MANAGER AFTER 5 20 FIGURE 6 1 CONFIGURATION DIALOG 6 2 FIGURE 6 2 AIR INTERFACE DETAILS essen nennen nana nana 6 3 FIGURE 6 3 CHANGING THE TRANSMIT POWER enne 6 4 FIGURE 6 4 MANAGEMENT ADDRESSES SITE CONFIGURATION DIALOG 6 5 FIGURE 6 5 CONFIGURING MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC VLAN 6 6 6 6 FIGURE 6 6 DATE AND TIME CONFIGURATION nnnm nnne 6 8 FIGURE 6 7 CHANGE DATE AND TIME ccccecccceusuececceaueueeesuvaueauauseeaueauaususeusavaueuveusanas 6 8 FIGURE 6 8 DATE AND TIME CONFIGURED FROM AN NTP SERVER 6 9 FIGURE 6 9 BRIDGE CONFIGURATION SITE CONFIGURATION DIALOG 6 9 FIGURE 6 10 ETHERNET INFORMATIO
4. RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Chapter 4 4 12 Installation Menu and Toolbar Functionality Installation Menu and Toolbar Functionality Chapter 4 The RADWIN Manager menu functionality is displayed in table 4 6 The Toolbar buttons are detailed in table 4 7 Table 4 6 RADWIN Manager main menu functionality Return to log on dialog Same Log Off as Log Off button File Exit Exit the RADWIN Manager Same as Exit button Run the Configuration Wizard Link ilable in i llati Configuration Not available in installation chapter 5 mode Provides limited configuration Configure for site Has a path to return to lt Site 1 name gt Configura installation mode ti chapter 6 Provides limited configuration 2 Configure for si h Site 2 name for site Has a path to return to installation mode Link Runs the Installation Wizard Installation Not available in configuration chapter 4 mode Performance Monitoring On screen and printable Report Shows active alarms for lt Site 1 lt Site 1 name gt inimi chapter 7 Active Alarms 5 lt Site name gt Shows active alarms for Site 1 name Recent Events Displays recent events by site Software Upgrade ODU firmware for Tools Upgrade current site or others appendix F Change Band Installer only Change the link band appendix E Change Change the log on password Password dial
5. Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 5 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under W10MHz Channel BW of 10MHz in the specific Radio Frame Pattern winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 6 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service W20MHz under Channel BW of 20MHz in the specific Radio Frame Pattern winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 7 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under W20MHz Channel BW of 20MHz the specific Radio Frame Pattern winlink1000OduAirLockRemote 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 41 Integer RW This parameter enables locking the link with a specific ODU The following values can be set Unlock default The ODU is not locked on a specific remote ODU Unlock can only be performed when the link is not connected Lock The ODU is locked on a specific remote ODU Lock can only be performed when the link is active winlink1000OduAirAntennaGain 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 42 Integer RW Current Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution User defined value for external antenna Legal range MinAntennaGain AntennaGain MaxAntennaGain winlink1000OduAirFeederLoss 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 43 Integer RW Current Feeder Loss in 0 1 dBm resolution User defined value for external antenna winlink1000OduAirMaxAntennaGain 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000
6. 1 12 Ic TEE 1 12 Flat Panel Antennas incierto fornire eerie Eve ye COS d pe versa 1 13 Parabolic Dish Antennas Us 1 13 DAHIDIMRSUETTETT Em 1 13 ACCESSONES PC rm D rm tn re 85 1 14 Documentation set supplied with RADWIN 2000 enne 1 15 How to USE this needed 1 15 ALICE 5 o T To S 1 16 Conventions Used this Manual ses tn tne keeps dn etd 1 17 iore CE 1 17 Typographical conventions eese esee senes nen nennen reuse sunu 1 18 1 18 Snc 1 18 Windows Terminology us is ona ona nnn es 1 18 Viewing eese e eR ERE 1 19 Chapter 2 Site Preparation Planning the Link Site e M 2 1 OVERVIEW s usi aue Fa attenant 2 1 on 2 1 IN TOQUCHON 2 1 Recommended 2 1 Stage 1 Preliminary Survey nennen nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn 2 2 Stage 2 Physical SUMCY eias iacu enirn bea cR xh Ya rk rac 2 3 Additional Outdoor Site Requirements esee eese nene nnne nn nennen nen 2 4 Additional Indoor Site Requirements esee esee nennen nene nne nennen nen 2 4 3
7. IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Transmitting Channel 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address amp x2 Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 Figure E 2 Opening RADWIN Manager window prior to band change 7 Click Tools Change Band The following window appears amp Change Band Select a band from the list below Band Description Installation Frequency GHz 4 950 4 99 T 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC default 5 820 5 835 5 865 GHz WPC 5 840 4 950 4 980 GHz Universal 4 950 5 150 5 335 GHz Universal 5 280 5 270 5 330 GHz FCC 5 280 5 490 5 705 GHz FCC 5 580 5 490 5 705 GHz IC 5 580 5 500 5 685 GHz Universal 5 580 5 740 5 835 GHz MII 5 780 5 740 5 940 GHz Universal 5 780 The fable contains common dala from ihe and 8 sites Figure E 3 Change Band dialog The bands appearing in figure E 3 are product dependent To see which bands are available for your product check your product Inventory see figure 6 12 and then consult tables 1 1 and 1 2 Observe that disabled Note bands are grayed out 8 Click the band required RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 3 The procedure Appendix E amp Change Band Select a band from the list below Band
8. Radio Cable Loss SiteA steB EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Fade Margin dB Rate 130 Mois 2 x 4 QAM 0 83 M Adaptive Expected RSS Fade Margin 64 dBm Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Range Max 15 Km 9 3 Miles Required Climate 10 Km Coordinates B Ethernet Only Type Services Ethernet Rate Full Duplex 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure B 2 Link Budget window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 4 Running the Link Budget Calculator Appendix B e Microsoft Internet Explorer users may see a warning message like this To help protect your security Internet Explorer has restricted this webpage from running scripts or ActiveX controls that could access your computer Click here for options RADWIN 2000 Link Budget WinLink Link Budget Warning Scripts are disabled In order to use the calculator please enable browser scripts Product Band Channel Bandwidth su M Click the yellow bar follow the instructions to allow blocked gt content Note e Mozilla FireFox and Google Chrome users may see a warning mes sage like this 2000 Link Budget V inLink Link Budget Wraming This page optimized for Microsoft Internet Explorer Product Band 57405835 GHz FCC Integrated Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz You may ignore it and cont
9. due to propagation delay 3 For given air rate Ethernet throughput will decrease with increasing range The Fade margin is the minimum required for LOS conditions For degraded link conditions a larger Fade margin should be used RADWIN 2000 User Manual The is given in dBm and Watts If the required range between the two link sites is known you may enter it directly Alternatively you may enter the latitude and longitude of each site in the link in which case the distance between them will be calcu lated and displayed Release 2 2 Running the Link Budget Calculator Appendix B WinLink Link Budget RADWIN 2000 Link Budget Product Band 5 740 5 825 GHz FCC Integrated v Channel Bandwidth Tx Power 18 dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Antenna Gain Site A Site B dBi Radio Cable Loss Site A Site B dB EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Site A Site B dB Name 130 2 x 6 QAM 0 83 Adaptive Latitude Margin 64dBm Longtitude v v 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Antenna Height m 10 0 15 Km 9 3 Miles ET Ethernet Only Type Services Ethernet Rate Full Duplex 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure B 5 Calculation of distance from site co
10. IDU to ODU Interface Outdoor CAT 5e cable Maximum cable length 100 m TDM Interface Number of Ports 16 8 40r 0 Type E1 T1 configurable Framing Unframed transparent Timing Independent timing per port Tx and Rx Connector RJ 45 Standards Compliance ITU T G 703 G 826 Line Code E1 HDB3 2 048 Mbps T1 B8ZS AMI 1 544 Mbps Latency Configurable 5 20 ms Impedance E1 1200 balanced T1 1000 balanced Jitter amp Wander According to ITU T G 823 G 824 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 G 2 Ethernet Interface Ethernet Interface Appendix G Net Throughput Up to 50Mbps full duplex Ethernet ports IDU C 2 PoE Device 1 10 100BaseT with Auto Negotiation IEEE 802 3u Framing Coding IEEE 802 3 Connector RJ 45 Line Impedance 100 Q IDU C 1 SFP port Type Fast Ethernet VLAN Support Transparent Maximum Frame Size 2048 Bytes Layer 2 self learning of up to 2047 MAC addresses IEEE 802 1Q hub Bridge Bridge selectable mode Latency 3 ms typical Management Management Application RADWIN Manager Protocol SNMP and Telnet Mechanical ODU with Integrated Antenna 37 1 14 84 W x 37 1 14 84 H x 9 00 3 6 D cm in 3 5 kg 7 Ibs Dimensions ODU Connectorized 18 0 7 2 W x 27 0 10 8 H x 5 5 2 2 D cm in 1 5 kg 3 0 Ibs IDU 43 6 17 2 W x 4 5 1 7 H x
11. IP Address 192 168 1 102 E1 Ports Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Updates Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal amp Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 Encrypted Link Figure 7 5 Site port 2 set to loopback gt To deactivate a loopback e Return to the situation of figure 7 4 and click None When a loopback is deactivated the corresponding icon in figure 7 5 reverts to its previous state like the right side of the figure RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 5 Local External Loopback Chapter 7 Local External Loopback A Local external loopback can be set to test the local E1 T1 port and its con nection to local side user equipment In this mode data coming from the local user equipment is looped back to it This loopback is initiated from a managing computer connected to the local unit IDU C Test Figure 7 6 Local External Loopback Remote Internal Loopback A remote internal loopback can be set to test connection between the local and remote units and between the local E1 T1 port and its connection to the local user equipment In this mode data coming from the local user equipment is looped back at the remote side This lo
12. Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 27 Services and Rates dialog Available rates gt To choose a modulation rate 1 Choose Adaptive or one of the available rates see page 1 5 for informa tion about Automatic Adaptive Rate 2 Click Evaluate to continue or click the TDM Jitter Buffer tab to set the TDM Jitter Buffer see next section The service is activated as show below Please Wait maii Activating Service You are returned to the Services and rates dialog of figure 4 22 Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer gt To set the TDM Jitter Buffer size 1 Click the TDM Jitter Buffer tab The following dialog appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 31 Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TDM Jitter Buffer B Size ms 52 Size ms 52 2 Warning Changing Jitter Buffer size will affect the TDM delay IDU B Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 52009 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 Cancel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 28 TDM Jitter Buffer Configuration e The receiver jitter buffer for each site can be enlarged NE thereby increasing system resistance to interference the ote larger the jitter buffer the longer the interference period that the system will overcome without TDM errors e You
13. Appendixe Installer wireless set band Read Write netman page 6 14 The network manager should change the default passwords as soon as pos sible RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 5 Log on Errors Chapter 4 gt Continuing the log on procedure 5 Type an IP address for the ODU if you connect through a network or click Local Connection if you are connected directly to the IDU port e f you log on using Local Connection but your physical connection is not local i e anything other than a direct connection between the managing computer and the IDU then any configuration you carry out may affect other links in the network Do not do this e Network log on IP address to the ODU is recommended If you log on via an over the air IP address you will receive a warn ing If you reset the site to which you are connected to factory set tings you can lock yourself out of the link Warning The default IP address for the ODU is 10 0 0 120 The subnet mask is 255 0 0 0 The actual IP address is defined during link configuration see Site Management IP Address and VLAN on page 6 4 See also appendix D 6 If your User Type is not Operator then choose it now 7 Enter the password 8 If you are a user with Read Write permission click Options to enter the Community options if required 9 For initial log on e Leave the default Community passwords ne
14. 1 Wizard welcome System parameters 2 e Link ID e Site details Y 3 Channel settings Y 4 Tx power settings Y D Services 6 Set TDM Clock Parameters 7 Wizard summary and completion RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 9 Configuring the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard Chapter 5 Since configuration functionality is included in the installation we will briefly review the main steps and for most part offer references to the correspond ing installation step Configuring the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard In the tool bar of the RADWIN Manager main window click the Link Con figuration button The Link Configuration button is only accessible on a fully installed link as set out in chapter 4 The Configuration Wizard opens Link Configuration Wizard Welcome to the Link Configuration Wizard This wizard is used For performing Link configuration updates After Changes made in Frequency field the Link will be resynchronized Note that all changes made to the Link should be reflected in Link Quality monitor All the fields are mandatory Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 3 Link Configuration Wizard Click Next to proceed with the configuration procedure Configuring the Link Step 2 System Parameters The System dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 10 Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Chapter
15. 4 Click Finish to complete the wizard RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 35 Installing the Link Step 7 Installation Summary and Exit Chapter 4 Installing the Link Step 7 Installation Summary and Exit Link Installation Wizard Completing the Link Installation Wizard You have successfully completed the Link Installation Wizard Services 7xE1 Ethernet Channel GHz 5 820 Channel Bw MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Link ID EBG 20561334 To close this wizard click Done Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 33 Installation Wizard Exit Summary Click Done to return to the main window The main window now reflects the installation RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 36 Installing the Link Step 7 Installation Summary and Exit Chapter 4 RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help t x Link Configuration fes Link TPSF BTT LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Connection Available Connection Mode Network gt 2 Site Site Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Log Off Location Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Ethernet Throughpu
16. VLAN Management enables separation of user traffic from management traffic whenever such separation is required It is recommended that both sides of the link be configured with different VLAN IDs for management traf fic This reduces your chances of accidentally locking yourself out of the link gt To enable VLAN management 1 Click Configuration from the main menu 2 Choose a site to configure If you are configuring both sites choose site B first to avoid locking yourself out 3 Choose Management 4 Open the VLAN tab 5 Check the Enabled box RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 5 Lost or forgotten VLAN ID Chapter 6 e 6 Enter a VLAN ID Its value should be between 1 and 4094 After entering the VLAN ID only packets with the specified VLAN ID are processed for management purposes by the ODU This includes all the protocols supported by the ODU ICMP SNMP TELNET and NTP The VLAN priority is used for the traffic sent from the ODU to the managing computer Using VLAN for management traffic affects all types of man agement connections local network and over the air 7 Enter a Priority number between 0 and 7 8 Change the VLAN ID and Priority of the managing computer NIC to be the same as those of steps 6 and 7 respectively Changing this parameter causes the RADWIN Manager to immediately disconnect To avoid inconvenience you should verify the change by setting the VLAN only to one ODU and onl
17. Get Diagnostics Obtain system information Clear Counters Disabled Log off Closes the current session and logs off RADWIN Manager Exit Exits RADWIN Manager Installing the Link Overview Chapter 4 The installation is carried out using the Installation wizard Its operation is detailed in the following pages in a tutorial style For the purpose of explanation we will set up a laboratory link with the fol lowing characteristics e Channel selection Automatic RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 14 Installing the Link Overview Chapter 4 e Antennas Dual at both sites e Services Ethernet 7xE1 on ports 1 2 3 8 10 11 14 It is unlikely that you would use a non contiguous set of ports but this shows that if required it can be done RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Installing the Link Overview The Installation wizard has seven steps as shown in table 4 8 below Table 4 8 Link Installation Wizard Chapter 4 1 Wizard welcome System parameters e Link ID e Site details Channel settings ACS Configuration Tx Power and antenna settings Services Types Adaptive or fixed Jitter Buffer Set TDM Clock Parameters Wizard summary and completion RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Installing the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard Chapter 4 Installing the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard In the tool bar of the RADWIN
18. Interval Current 15 Minutes O Daily Figure 7 11 Basic Performance Monitoring Report 2 Choose a report type from the left panel and click the Get Data toolbar button For example if you choose Site A Air and Current you will be offered a report looking like this Performance Monitoring Report File View Configuration Help a amp Get Data Save Clear Thresholds Selection Pane Close Int Date amp Time MinRSL MaxASL ASLT RSLT MinTSL MaxTSL TSLT UAS RawES SES 24 09 2008 16 22 56 70 68 0 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 7 12 typical Performance Monitoring Report You can click the Selection Pane icon to toggle the side panel on or off The other reports look similar Here is a detailed description of the reports and their fields Several performance data occurrences are collected for each of the inter faces ES SES and UAS as well as Specific data per Interface type e g RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 10 The Monitor Log Chapter 7 Tx and Rx bytes for Ethernet For the Air Interface user defined thresholds data are collected Refer to tables 7 3 and 7 4 below Data is collected and selectively displayed based on three time intervals as selected by the Interval radio buttons e Current t 0 e 15 minutes Intervals e Daily Table 7 3 Explanation of performance data UAS Unavailable Seconds in which the interface was out of service
19. Preferences Monitor Events Advanced Event Priority Event Color Critical Severe Major Minor Warning Normal Info 6069990 Reset Settings Background Color Event Log File File C Documents and Settings Freddy My Docu Figure 7 15 Preferences dialog box Event tab 3 Select the event type and click on the button A color chart opens 4 Select the required color 5 Repeat for each of the event types RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 16 Saving the Events Log Chapter 7 gt To set the message background color e Click Background Color to change the text background gt To reset the message colors e Click Reset Settings to return to the default color settings Saving the Events Log You can save recorded events in an Events Log text file New alarms are automatically added to the text file as they enter the Events Log Active Alarms Upon setting a trap destination applicable events are reported as active alarms to the user The active alarms are saved and can be viewed in the Active Alarms window gt To view summary of saved alarms e From the Tools menu choose Active Alarm Summary The Active Alarms Summary window opens s Active Alarms A File View Save ARTE ee ere UL AE DESI T Redi LAN port 02 status changed to disconnected LAN Port 02 on Idu Figure 7 16 Active Alarms Summary RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7
20. The Monitor Log Chapter 7 Table 7 3 Explanation of performance data Received Bytes The number of Megabytes received at the specified Additional Ethernet Interface Data The number of Megabytes transmitted at the specified port within the interval TDM interface No additional PM data Performance Monitoring Report Toolbar You can use the toolbar to perform the actions described in the following table Table 7 4 Action of the toolbar buttons Get Data Gather current performance monitoring data Save Save current performance monitoring data to a file Clear Clear current performance monitoring data Thresholds Set Thresholds Close Closes the Performance Monitoring window Setting Air Interface Thresholds Use the Thresholds button on the Monitoring Performance Report toolbar to set the Air Interface Thresholds 71 Threshold Configuration Thresholds RSL 1 dBm RSL 2 dBm TSL dBm BBER Figure 7 13 Threshold configuration dialog box BBER Threshold The Background Block Error Ratio is measured as a percentage The thresh old can be set from 0 1 up to 50 For links with Ethernet only service 8 threshold is recommended If there are no problems during the interval then for that threshold the recom mended BBER value should be 0 Since the system provides a lossless Ethernet service there is through
21. 4 The RADWIN Man Installation technician ager 5 Te ue the Installation technician System manager 6 Site Configuration Installation technician System manager Monitoring and 7 Diagnostics Installation technician System manager Pole and Wall 2 A Installation Installation technician B Link Budget Cal i tion technician culator Lightning Protec tion and Ground Field technician ing Guidelines Preloading an D ODU with an IP Field technician Address Changing the Fac toryDefault Band Installation technician System manage RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 15 A Little Terminology Chapter 1 Table 1 4 User Manual layout Continued F Software Upgrade Installation technician System manager Technical Specifi f T G cabane Installation technician System manager Wiring Specifica m H Hons Installation technician Small Form factor I Pluggable Trans User ceiver J MIB Reference Network System Manager K External Alarms Installation technician System manager Specification Field technician Regional Notice ON a L French Canadian Canadian French Field technician A Little Terminology In the field a link typically has a local or headquarters site as for example in figure1 3 above Here the service provider is the local or headquarters site The service recipient is the remote site Where the link is completely internal to
22. A mast sited ODU typically uses a pole attached to the mast A RADWIN 2000 link operates in pairs of two ODUs with the same configu ration Both ODUs must be installed and the antennas aligned for maxi mum throughput Prior to connecting cables to the ODU the protective earth terminal screw of the ODU must be connected to an external protective ground conductor or to a grounded pole e Only a qualified person using the proper safety equipment should climb the antenna mast e Only qualified professional personnel should install or dismantle ODUs and masts gt To mount the ODU on a pole or a wall S Note Warning 1 Ensure that the ODU is properly grounded 2 Mount the ODU onto the pole or wall Ensure that the unit is oriented so that the cable connectors are at the bottom If they are on top water may penetrate into the unit causing damage 3 Refer to appendix A for detailed ODU mounting kit contents and sche matics Do not tighten the ODU to its mounting brackets until the alignment process of the antenna is complete Ensure that there are no direct obstructions in front of the ODU or interference from man made obstacles Mounting external antennas If you are using ODU with an integrated antenna skip to Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices below The supplied mounting kit is used to mount the antenna onto a pole The antennas must be aligned for maximum throughput Do not stan
23. FCC 47CFR Part 15 FCC IC 2 4 2 412 2 462 Subpart C and IC RSS 210 WPC India 5 8 5 825 5 875 GSR 38 MII China 5 8 5 730 5 845 MII China ETSI 5 8 5 735 5 865 ETSI EN 302 502 ETSI 5 4 5 480 5 715 ETSI EN 301 893 ETSI 5 3 5 160 5 340 ETSI EN 301 893 ETSI 2 4 2 412 2 472 ETSI EN 300 328 Universal 5 9 5 730 5 950 Universal 5 4 5 490 5 710 N A Universal 5 3 5 140 5 345 Universal 2 3 2 4 2 302 2 397 Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Radio Modulation 2x2 MIMO OFDM BPSK QPSK 16QAM 64QAM Adaptive Modulation amp Coding Supported Automatic Channel Selection Supported RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 G 1 Configuration Appendix G FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Subpart C Radio Regulation IC Canada RSS 210 and RSS 111 g WPC India MII China Duplex Technology TDD Error Correction FEC k 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 Rate Dual Antenna Mbps 13 26 39 52 78 104 117 130 Rate Single Antenna Mbps 6 5 13 19 5 26 39 52 58 5 65 Modulation BPSK QPSK 16QAM 64QAM FEC k 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2 3 3 4 5 6 Max Tx Power dBm 25 24 21 19 18 Sensitivity dBm BER lt 10e 11 J E 20MHz 88 86 83 81 80 72 70 67 Encryption AES 128 Configuration Architecture ODU Outdoor Unit with Integrated Antenna or Connectorized for External Antenna IDU Indoor Unit for service interfaces or PoE device for Ethernet only
24. IDU Serial Number winlink1000OduAdmProductName 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 30 DisplayString RO This is the product name as it exists at EC winlink1000OduAdmActivationKey 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 31 DisplayString RW Activates a general key winlink1000OduSrvMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 1 Integer RW System mode The only values that can be set are installMode and slaveMode normalMode reserved to the Manager application provided with the product A change is effective after link re synchronization winlink1000OduSrvBridging 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 2 3 Integer RO Bridging Mode Valid values are disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000OduEthernetRemainingRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 1 Integer RO Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps winlink1000OduEthernetlfTable N A ODU Ethernet Interface table winlink1000OduEthernetlfEntry N A ODU Ethernet Interface table entry INDEX winlink1000OduEthernetlfindex RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 6 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 3 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduEthernetlflndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 1 Integer RO ODU Ethernet Interface Index winlink1000OduEthernetlfAddress 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 5 DisplayString RO MAC address winlink1000OduEthernetlfAdminStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1
25. Number of bytes received by this port 1 winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortOutBytes 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 10 Counter RO Number of bytes transmitted by this port 2 winlink1000OduAirFreq 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 1 Integer RW Installation Center Frequency Valid values are product dependent A change is effective after link re synchronization winlink1000OduAirDesiredRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 2 Integer RW Deprecated parameter actual behavior is read only Required Air Rate For Channel Bandwidth of 20 10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4 respectively winlink1000OduAirSSID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 3 DisplayString RW Reserved for the Manager application provided with the product winlink1000OduAirTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 4 Integer RW Required Transmit power in dBm This is a nominal value while the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation The min and max values are product specific A change is effective immediately winlink1000OduAirSesState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 5 Integer RO Current Link State The value is active 3 during normal operation winlink1000OduAirMstrSIv 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 6 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the device was automatically selected into the radio link master or slave The value is undefined if there is no link winlink1000OduAirResync 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 8 Integer RW Setting this parameter to 1 will cause the link to restart the synchronization process
26. ODU mounting kit Large Clamp see figure A 1 1 Small Clamp see figure A 2 1 Arm see figure A 3 1 Screw hex head M8x40 4 Screw hex head M8x70 2 Washer flat M8 4 Washer spring M8 3 M8 Nuts 2 Figure 1 Large Clamp Figure A 2 Small Clamp Figure A 3 Arm RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 A 1 Mounting RADWIN 2000 on a pole Appendix A Mounting RADWIN 2000 on a pole Installation Kit ITEM DESCRIPTION Q Clamp 2 Screw hex head M8x40 Washer flat M8 UDU Washer spring M8 Nut M8 Clamp Screw hex head M8x40 for 1 3 4 dia mast Screw hex head M8x70 2 for greater size of mast RO D 0 pana STEP 1 x Attoch item 1 to the base mate knurled surfaces using items 2 3 4 5 as shown l oos 4 5 Use tightening torque of 24 N m xe FOR MAST 1 3 4 3 or Tighten the antenna to the mast using item 6 screws and washers items 7 3 4 as shown Use tightening torque of 14 N m FOR MAST 1 1 3 4 GC 0 9 Figure A 4 Mounting on a pole RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 A 2 Mounting RADWIN 2000 on a Wall Appendix A Mounting RADWIN 2000 on a Wall Installation Kit ITEM DESCRIPTION Arm Screw hex head M8x40 Washer flat M8 Washer spring M8 Nut M8 Base wall on o NN EN 4 lt STEP 1 Attach item 1 to the base mate knurled surfaces using i
27. Output 1 Common 2 Output 1 Normally Closed 3 Output 2 Normally Open 4 Output 2 Common 5 Output 2 Normally Closed 6 Output 3 Normally Open 7 Output 3 Common 8 Output 3 Normally Closed 9 Output 4 Normally Open 10 Output 4 Common 11 Output 4 Normally Closed 12 The following diagram describes how to connect external input and output alarms e Use an external current limit resistor to limit the current at the output relays to 1 Ampere Such resistor is not required if the equipment connected to the IDU supports current limiting to 1 Amp The voltage of the input alarm must be within the range of 10 to 50 VDC m RADWIN 2000 User Manual Version 2 2 H 3 Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 Port Connectors Appendix H Normally Open Out 2 Common Normally Closed IDU C Alarms Connector Normally Open Out 4 Common Normally Closed Positive 10 to 50 VDC Alarm Voltage Alarms Concentration Negative Positive 10 to 50 VDC Alarm Voltage 7 10 to 50 VDC Alarm Voltage 10 to 50 VDC Alarm Voltage Negative Positive Negative Legend Current Limit Resistor external DC Power Source extemal Positive Negative Figure H 1 Example for connecting the alarm connector Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 Port Connectors The Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 10 100 1000BaseT interface terminates in an 8 pin RJ 45 connector wired in ac
28. RADWIN 2000 Part 1 Basic Installation Broadband Wireless Transmission User Manual Release 2 2 Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome to RADWIN 2000 Welcome to the RADWIN 2000 radio series designed for the Cellular Back haul IP and WiMAX Backhaul Private Networks and Broadband Access markets The RADWIN 2000 series is an innovation in high capacity carrier grade sub 6GHz radios meeting the requirements of current and next gen eration networks and applications The RADWIN 2000 radio series offers unmatched performance and carrier class quality with the following features e Superior performance at the spectral efficient 20MHz channel High Ethernet capacity 50Mbps full duplex net throughput e Upto 16 E1 T1 ports Muti band products for maximum flexibility e Advanced air interface based on MIMO built in diversity and OFDM technologies e Superior range performance e Simple installation and management e High Tx power of 25dBm The RADWIN 2000 radio series supports the 4 9 5 9 GHz and 2 4 GHz spectrum bands and complies with international standards and regulations FCC IC Canada ETSI WPC India and MII China DFS is supported where required by regulation About Release 2 2 Release 2 2 brings important new features to RADWIN 2000 e Support for up to 16 E1 T1 ports The RADWIN 2000 native TDM interface supports E1 or T1 traffic which includes 16 8 or 4 Ei T1 interfaces in the indo
29. S 5 RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator For what follows it is assumed that you have set the IP addresses of both ODUs For the purposes of illustration we will use the following IP addresses Our managing computer has its NIC set to IP address 192 168 1 100 The log on ODU is set to IP address 192 168 1 101 and the over the air ODU is set to 192 168 1 102 The Subnet Mask for both sites is 255 255 255 0 and the Default Gateway is left unset We will maintain this arrangement throughout the remainder of this manual At this point the main window of the RADWIN Manager should be displayed DOR Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help fes Link Link Link ID Services None Frequency GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps 6 5 Status Installation Required mg Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 ih Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 9 Connection Available RADWIN 2000 User Manual Link Installation Connection Mode Network E 4 Site Location Site Location Get Diagnostics Exit Location Location Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Ethernet Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate TDM Service TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number 000001 000002 Trap Source IP Address I
30. This counter is initialized to O after a device reset and is incremented upon each element constant write operation via SNMP or Telnet MIB Traps General Each ODU can be configured with up to 10 different trap destinations When the link is operational each ODU sends traps originating from both Site A and Site B The source IP address of the trap is the sending ODU The trap originator can be identified by the trap Community string or by the trap description text Each trap contains a trap description and additional relevant information such as alarm severity interface index time stamp and additional parame ters See table J 3 for additional information RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 19 Trap Parameters Trap Parameters Table 7 3 MIB Traps Sheet 1 of 4 Appendix J Name Severity Description trunkStateChanged normal Indicates a change in the state of one of the trunks Raised by both sides of the link Contains 3 parameters 1 Description TDM Interface 9ox 2 Is the trunk number Is the alarm type and can be one of the following Normal AIS LOS Loopback linkUp normal Indicates that the radio link is up Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Radio Link Sync on channel n GHz n Is the channel frequency in GHz linkDown critical Indicates that the radio link is down Contains a single parameter which is
31. see the corresponding procedure on page 4 34 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 18 Configuring the Link Step 7 Configuration Summary and Exit Chapter 5 Configuring the Link Step 7 Configuration Summary and Exit Link Configuration Wizard Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Completing the Link Configuration Wizard You have successfully completed the Link Configuration Wizard Services 7xE1 Ethernet Channel GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Link 1D EBG_20561334 To close this wizard click Done Figure 5 14 Configuration Wizard Exit Summary Click Done to return to the main window The main window now reflects the configuration RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 19 Configuring the Link Step 7 Configuration Summary and Exit Chapter 5 RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator DER Fie Configuration Tools Maintenance Help a x e 2 Link Configuration Link Installation Get Diagnostics Clear Counters fes Link BTT LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Ethernet Service EE sese Ethernet Throughput Mbps Location Radio Interface IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TOM Service Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0
32. 0 0 0 Updates Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 8 Encrypted Link Figure 5 15 Main window of the manager after configuration RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 20 Chapter 6 Site Configuration The Site Configuration dialog panels are used to configure parameters which may differ between both sides of the link The parameters configured using the Site Configuration dialog panels include among others e System settings e Air interface Transmit Tx power and antenna e Network management including VLAN e Security settings e Date and time e Hub or Bridge mode In addition the Link Site Configuration panels include several information windows e Inventory link hardware and software model details e External alarms indicators The Operations dialog offers a doorway to jump into installation mode reverting to factory settings The Site Configuration dialog has its own main menu with the following extra functionality e Backup configuration parameters to a text file e Restore configuration from a previously backed up configuration file e Enable disable the site ODU buzzer e Jump back into installati
33. 0 0 0 0 0 0 RADWIN Manager log on passwords Observer admin Operator admin Installer wireless Link ID Link EBG_20561334 Link Name Name 5 Site 1 Site A Site 2 Site B Location per site Location A B Name per site Name John Mary Contact per site Person Local Remote Link Password wireless bridge Rate Adaptive Ethernet Configuration Auto Detect Radio Link Failure Actions No action Bridge or Hub mode Hub Mode Aging time 300 sec Read write netman Community values Read only public Front Panel LEDs on the IDU C The front panel LEDs on the IDU provide basic information about link sta tus RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Front Panel LEDs on the IDU C o 9 o 9 svc STBY Figure 4 9 IDU C Front Panel LEDs The following table describes the indicators Table 4 5 IDU C Front Panel LEDs Green IDU operational IDU Green During power up only Red Failure Green ODU to IDU communication link is operating ODU Red ODU to IDU communication link is disrupted Green Wireless link is synchronized AIR I F Orange During installation mode only Red Wireless link lost synchronization Green E1 or T1 line is synchronized Orange Alarm detected at the Site Binterface SVC Orenge Local or Remote loopback Red Alarm detected at the Site A interface Off Ethernet only IDU or E1 T1 not configured HSS Off STBY Off
34. 0 65535 gt Set a specific trap from the traps table e g set trap 3 192 168 1 101 162 set readpw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt Set the read access password Read Community set writepw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt Set the read write access password Read Write Community set trappw lt oldpasswd gt lt passwd gt Set the trap Community string set buzzer lt mode 0 OFF 1 ON gt Toggle the buzzer mode 0 off 1 on set tpc lt power Value between minimal Tx power and maximal Tx power gt Set the ODU Tx Power If a wrong value is entered both min and max values shall be displayed in the error reply set bridge lt mode 0 Bridging OFF 1 Bridging ON gt Set the ODU bridge mode 0 off 1 on set name lt new name gt Set the name of the link set location lt new location gt Set the name of the location Set contact lt new contact gt Set the name of the site manager set Ethernet lt gt port MNG LAN1 LAN2 gt mode AUTO 10H 10F 100H 100F DIS ABLE Set the mode and speed of each Ethernet port reboot Resets both the IDU and the ODU The user is warned that the command will reset the ODU A new Telnet session to the ODUmay be opened after the reset is complete Watch the IDU LEDs help Displays the available commands RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 23 Configuration with Telnet Chapter 6 Figure 6 20 below shows the av
35. 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 4 Integer RO Indicates the number of currently available min External Alarm Inputs winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInTable N A This is the External Alarm Inputs table winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInEntry N A Entry containing the elements of a single External Alarm Input INDEX winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInIndex winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 1 Integer RO This value indicates the index of the External Alarm Input entry winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarminText 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 2 DisplayString RW This field describes the External Alarm Input It is an optional string of no more than 64 characters which will be used in the event being sent as a result of a change in the status of the External Alarm Input DEFVAL Alarm Description winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInAdmin 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 3 Integer RW This value indicates if this External Alarm Input is State enabled or disabled winlink1000OduAdmExternAlarmInStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 5 1 4 Integer RO This value indicates the current status of the External Alarm Input winlink1000lduAdmSN 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 6 DisplayString RO IDU Serial Number RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 15 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 12 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type Description winlink1000IlduAdmlduDetectionMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 7 Integer 2
36. 2 External Mounting 3 ir interf Flat panel 1 13 Air interface 5 1 Parabolic Dish 1 13 Bridge mode 6 1 Settings 4 21 5 15 Community values 6 1 types contact person 62 Date and Time 6 2 Broadband Access 1 3 Ethernet 6 1 IP Backhaul 1 2 Frequency channe 5 1 Private Networks 1 3 Security 6 2 WiMAX 12 Service parameters 5 1 Automatic Adaptive Rate see AAR 1 5 22 m Automatic Channel Selection see ACS y P Automatic Repeat Request 1 5 Transmit power 6 1 3 View Inventory 6 2 B Connecting user equipment 4 20 5 11 back Customer Support 7 21 ackup configuration file 6 2 D s KIR SETEN 0 Date and time setting 6 2 6 7 DC Power H 4 and DFS E 5 available 1 11 terminal pinout H 5 Changing E 1 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Index 1 DFS changing band to E 5 Capacity 1 4 Combo Frequency Products 1 4 E Installation and management 1 5 Events Range performance 1 5 color codes 7 16 Security 1 5 log 7 1 7 8 Spectral Efficiency 1 4 priority 7 16 Transmission Tx power 1 5 F L Factory Defaults LBC 7 8 Reset to 6 20 Browser warnings B 5 Factory Setup Calculations B 2 Restoring 7 20 Climactic C Factors B 7 FEC 4 22 4 23 8 2 G 2 described B 1 Forward Error Correction see FEC Fresnel Zone described B 9 Internal data 1 Running B 3 Gateway 62 User input B 1 Telnet display 6 22 License Key band 1 11 H Lightning and Grounding Guidelines C 1 Link Hot Standby Budget Calculator see LBC Port pinout H
37. 21 FIGURE A 4 MOUNTING ON POLE v csescececavecseusucauecuaususeusuuaueueuseeaueauausueeusevaueueeunanas A 2 FIGURE 5 MOUNTING ON A 3 FIGURE B 1 ACCESSING THE LINK BUDGET CALCULATOR B 4 FIGURE B 2 LINK BUDGET WINDOW cccecececceuseeeueueausueeucevaueueusueaueauaususeusuvaueuueusanas B 4 FIGURE B 3 PRODUCT SELECTOR cssessecucauecueusueaueuuaususeuseeaususeuseuaueauausessauauausuueenanas B 5 FIGURE B 4 RATE SELECTOR ceceecaceeccecueaueuscueueaueueaususauaueaueusuusavaueueaususavaueaueuseunanas B 6 FIGURE B 5 CALCULATION OF DISTANCE FROM SITE B 7 FIGURE B 6 CLIMACTIC C FACTORS nada aan B 7 FIGURE B 7 CLIMACTIC C FACTOR DESCRIPTION B 8 FIGURE B 8 WORLD MAP SHOWING C FACTOR CONTOURS nennen B 8 FIGURE B 9 FRESNEL ZONE cceccscauseccecucauenccececauaneausecueaueausesuasenauansusesaeausausesuasanas B 9 FIGURE C 1 GROUNDING ANTENNA CABLES C 2 FIGURE C 2 GROUNDING A TYPICAL POLE INSTALLATION nnns C 3 FIGURE GROUNDING A TYPICAL WALL 5 4 enne nnn nnns C 4 FIGURE 4 ODU SURGE S
38. 21 8 3 D cm 1 5 kg 3 3 Ibs Power Power Feeding Dual feeding 20 to 60 VDC AC DC converter is available Power Consumption lt 35 W IDU ODU Environmental Operating Temperatures ODU 35 C to 60 C 31 F to 140 F 09 to 50 C 32 F to 122 F Humidity ODU Up to 100 non condensing IP67 IDU 90 non condensing RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 G 3 Safety Appendix G Safety FCC IC cTUVus UL 60950 1 CAN CSA 60950 1 C22 2 ETSI EN IEC 60950 1 FCC CFR47 Class B Part15 Subpart B 2007 ETSI EN 300 386 2005 EN 301 489 1 2003 EN 301 489 4 2002 CAN CSA CEI IEC CISPR 22 04 AS NZS CISPR 22 2004 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Wiring Specifications ODU IDU Cable The ODU IDU cable is shielded outdoor class CAT 5e 4 twisted pair 24 AWG terminated with RJ 45 connectors on both ends A cable gland on the ODU side provides hermetic sealing The following table shows the connector pinout Table H 1 ODU IDU Connector Pinout Ethernet RxN White Green 1 twisted m Ethernet RxT Green 2 pair 2 Ethernet TxT White Orange 3 twisted 3 Ethernet TxN Orange 6 pair 6 Power Blue 4 twisted 4 Power White Blue 5 pair 5 Power White Brown 7 twisted 7 Power Brown 8 pair 8 User Port Connectors LAN Po
39. 256 events at Site A 2 Use the Site button to choose Site B 3 Use the Save button to store the events in a tab delimited list Reverting Aalert Messages Many alert messages in the RADWIN Manager have an option of the form Do not show this message again These alert messages can be reverted to their default state shown by choosing the Advanced tab from the Prefer ences dialog RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 18 Troubleshooting Chapter 7 Preferences Monitor Events Advanced Alerts Click Restore Defaults to return all Alerts to their original values Restore Defaults Just click the Restore Defaults button followed by OK Remote Power Fail Indication Remote power fail indication indicates to one side that the other side has suffered a power failure The failed site sends a final trap indication about the power loss just before powering off A Dying Gasp circuit identifies the power failure at a minimum interval of 20 milliseconds before the ODU or IDU powers off During that interval a message notifying the power failure is sent to opposite site External alarm output number 4 indicates power failure at opposite site Troubleshooting Use the following table to troubleshoot LED fault indications Table 7 7 LED fault indicators PWR Off Check that power is connected to the IDU IDU Orange Check that the IDU ODU cable is properly wired and connected ODU Red Check that the IDU ODU cable is
40. 3 9 FIGURE 3 9 IDU C A PERSPECTIVE 3 9 FIGURE 3 10 IDU C 1 5 3 10 FIGURE 3 11 DU C POWER CONNECTORS ccescececcueaueuseeauecueusueeusauausuueusauaueaueusevaueas 3 11 FIGURE 3 12 BEEP SEQUENCE FOR ANTENNA ALIGNMENT ececeescuseceeeusaueusueeuvaveuseusauas 3 14 FIGURE 4 1 LAN PORTS ON THE FRONT PANEL OF THE IDU C rss 4 3 FIGURE 4 2 PINGING AN UNINSTALLED AND UNCONFIGURED 4 3 FIGURE 4 3 LOG ON WINDOW eese dann 4 4 FIGURE 4 4 LOG ON WINDOW WITH USER AND COMMUNITY OPTIONS VISIBLE 4 4 FIGURE 4 5 LOG ON WINDOW EXPOSING THE USER TYPES 4 5 FIGURE 4 6 UNSUPPORTED DEVICE MESSAGE cececsecaveescusuecuausaueusuueuvaueuseusueaueuseusesanes 4 7 FIGURE 4 7 UNREACHABLE DEVICE MESSAGE 4 7 FIGURE 4 8 OPENING RADWIN MANAGER WINDOW PRIOR TO 4 9 FIGURE 4 9 IDU C FRONT PANEL LEDS eene nennen nnne 4 12 FIGURE 4 10 LINK INSTALLATION WIZARD 4 17 FIGURE 4 11 INSTALLATION WIZARD SYSTEM DIALOG nnn 4 18 FIGURE 4 12 CHANGE LINK PASSWORD DIALOG BOX nnn nnns 4 19 FIGURE 4 13 LOST OR FORGOTTEN LINK PASSW
41. 31 FIGURE 4 28 TDM JITTER BUFFER CONFIGURATION 4 32 FIGURE 4 29 TDM JITTER BUFFER CONFIGURATION TBFR EVALUATION 4 33 FIGURE 4 30 SERVICES AND TDM DELAY SET LINK READY FOR 4 33 FIGURE 4 31 TDM PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION 1 4 34 FIGURE 4 32 TDM PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION 2 eese 4 35 FIGURE 4 33 INSTALLATION WIZARD EXIT SUMMARY 4 4 36 FIGURE 4 34 MAIN WINDOW OF THE MANAGER AFTER INSTALLATION 4 37 FIGURE 5 1 MAIN WINDOW WIRELESS LINK IS 5 2 FIGURE 5 2 ETHERNET THROUGHPUT INDICATION cececcecsecevueaveusesauenuaususeusavaveuveusanas 5 7 FIGURE 5 3 LINK CONFIGURATION WIZARD eene nenne nnne nnn nnn nan 5 10 FIGURE 5 4 CONFIGURATION WIZARD SYSTEM DIALOG nens 5 11 FIGURE 5 5 CHANNEL SETTINGS DIALOG BOX AUTOMATIC CHANNEL SELECTION 5 12 FIGURE 5 6 SEARCHING FOR THE BEST OPERATING CHANNEL 5 13 FIGURE 5 7 CHANNEL SETTINGS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC CHANNEL SELECTION 5 13 FIGURE 5 8 CHANNEL FREQUENCY 5 14 FIGURE 5 9 CHOOSING AN OTHER OPERATING CHANNEL 5 14 FIGURE 5 10 TRANSMISSION POWER AND ANTENNA PARAMETERS
42. 5 Link Configuration Wizard System Fill in the attribute Fields below Link ID FBG 20561334 Link Name TPSF_BTT Site 1 Site 2 Link Password 0000090909000000 Monitor Link Radio Interface B RSS dBm 2 Figure 5 4 Configuration Wizard System dialog box The System attributes may be edited and the Link Password may be changed exactly as in the corresponding Link Installation step on page 4 17 Click Next to continue Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Configuring the Channel Settings follows the same pattern as the Installa tion procedure RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 11 Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Chapter 5 Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz 5 820 Channel Bandwidth MHz Automatic Channel Selection Available Channels List GHz 5 740 5 755 5 785 5 800 5 815 5 745 5 760 5 775 5 790 5 805 5 820 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 795 5 810 5 825 lt Reselect Channel Select All Clear All Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 5 Channel Settings dialog box Automatic Channel Selection Notice that the operating channel is grayed out If you use the Reselect Channel button to change it you will be asked for confirmation Link Configuration Wizard 9 4 Channel re selection process will result in a service in
43. Advanced LAN T Detect LAN 2 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detect 3X External Alarms 2 Operations Information Rate Maximum Kbps Bridge lo Actior No ction v No ction M OK Chapter 6 Figure 6 10 Ethernet Information Rate Site Configuration dialog box 3 In the Information Rate pane use the drop down menu to choose the maximum Information Rate Site Configuration A File Actions Help ki 2 T 9 Backup Restore Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Q Air Interface Tx Power 8 Ant ODU Mode 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Bridge Configuration IDU Aging Time sec Ethernet Ports Configuration R Ho RadoLikFaueacin Date amp Time ODU 100Mbps Ful Duplex Auto Detect Bridge No Action Advanced LAN 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detect v No Action v 4 LAN 2 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detect 3X External Alarms Operations Information Rate Maximum Kbps Best Effort Figure 6 11 Ethernet Information Rate Throughput selection 4 Choose Other to define the throughput with 1 Kbps resolution No Action v 5 Choose Best Effort for the highest information rate possible for the link conditions and settings 6 Click Apply to save the changes RADWIN 2000 User Manual
44. Applicable requirements of National Electrical Code NEC NFPA 70 and the National Electrical Safety Code ANSI IEEE C2 must be considered during installation NOTES 1 A Primary Protector is not required to protect the exposed wiring as long as the exposed wiring length is limited to less than or equal to 140 feet and instructions are provided to avoid exposure of wiring to accidental contact with lightning and power conductors in accordance with NEC Sections 725 54 c and 800 30 In all other cases an appropriate Listed Primary Protector must be provided Refer to Articles 800 and 810 of the NEC for details 2 For protection of ODU against direct lightning strikes appropriate requirements of NFPA 780 should be considered in addition to NEC 3 For Canada appropriate requirements of the CEC 22 1 including Section 60 and additional requirements of CAN CSA B72 must be considered as applicable RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 iv Brief Table of Contents Part 1 Basic Installation Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Site Preparation Chapter 3 Hardware Installation Chapter 4 Link Installation The RADWIN Manager Chapter 5 Configuring the Link Chapter 6 Site Configuration Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Part 2 Advanced Installation Appendix A Pole and Wall Installation Appendix B Link Budget Calculator Appendix C Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Appendix D Preloading an ODU with an IP Address Appendix E Cha
45. Buffer Services Ethernet Only Rate Mbps Adaptive Distance 0 Km 0 Miles Evaluate IDU A B Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 205 b3030 Mar 32009 2 2 05 b3030 Mar 3 2009 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 22 Services and Rates dialog TDM Services selection gt To select services 1 Click the Configure button The TDM services dialog is displayed Services Configuration TDM Type Port 1 3 5 7 3 11 13 15 2 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 Maximum Available Services Ethernet Only Select J Selected 0 Remaining 0 Figure 4 23 TDM Type selection 2 Using the TDM Type radio buttons choose E1 or T1 You are now able to select the required service ports RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 28 TDM Services selection Chapter 4 Services Configuration TDM Type on M A A AAA A m E NUN Maximum Available Services 16xE1 Ethernet Select 02 Clear Al Selected 0 Remaining 0 Figure 4 24 TDM service port selection 3 Use the spin button to choose consecutive service ports the Select Maximum button to choose all available ports or click on individual ports to choose them e Ethernet is always selected maximum available services will be reduced in accordance with Note actual air interface capacity Services Configuration Ports Maximum Av
46. Description Installation Frequency GHz 4 950 4 9 2 4 950 5 740 5 835 GHz default 5 820 5 835 5 865 GHz WPC 5 840 4 950 4 980 GHz Universal 4 350 5 150 5 335 GHz Universal 5 280 5 270 5 330 GHz FCC 5 280 5 490 5 705 GHz FCC 5 580 5 490 5 705 GHz IC 5 580 5 500 5 685 GHz Universal 5 580 5 740 5 835 GHz MII 5 780 5 740 5 940 GHz Universal 5 780 The fable contains data from the Location sie only Refresh Figure E 4 different band selected 9 The Change Band warning is displayed Click Yes to continue Change Band Changing the band will affect the Location site only Services will be stopped and device will be reset Note You should ensure that the attached antenna supports the required band Do you wish to continue Figure E 5 Change Band confirmation If you are changing the band on an installed link change the over the air 7 site site B first otherwise you will lock yourself out of the link Caution The change which may take some time is carried out Please Wait Changing Band The result is reflected in the RADWIN Manager main window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 4 Changing Band for DFS Appendix E RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Installer File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help P Site Location Get Diagnostics Location Site1 Site2 Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbp
47. Figure D 5 ODU with IP Addressing configured 11 Click OK You are asked to confirm the change Site Configuration Location fou are about to change ODU parameters This process will last several seconds The IP parameters will be changed and will produce a disconnection from the local unit Do you wish to continue Figure D 6 Confirmation of IP Address change 12 Click Yes to accept the change After about half a minute the changes will be registered in the ODU On the left hand panel of the main win dow you will see the new IP configuration for the ODU RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 5 The procedure Appendix D RADWIN Manager 255 255 255 255 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help a x E Site Location t Get Diagnostics fix 5 Link Link z Location Site1 Site2 Link ID Radio Interface Services None Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps SES VERT Ethernet Throughput Mbps Site Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Updates Transmitting on Channel 5 820 GHz No connection to the server Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 12 02 2009 10 25 46 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 12 0
48. IDU or PoE device belong to a LAN and communicate through a router or hub Over the air the managing computer connects to site B via the air interface The managing computer may be connected to the link through an IDU or a PoE device In what follows where ever we refer to an IDU it includes PoE devices unless stated otherwise Typically if we need to refer to an IDU as such we will use a model name such as IDU C Conventions Used in this Manual Notifications Notifications consist of Notes Cautions and Warnings The purpose of a Note is to e Draw your attention to something that may not be obvious or coun ter intuitive e Emphasize a special feature or peculiarity of the RADWIN 2000 e Offer an external reference for additional information Add a caveat that would not qualify as a full Caution or Warning see below Note e Provide additional background to what follows Offer a recommendation e Highlight an indication of something to watch out for e Advise you if an action has side effects i e it may disturb something else that would be best left undisturbed Remind you of something that should be kept in mind D Caution is a notification of risk of damage to equipment or of service d degradation Caution A Warning is a notification of risk of danger to persons operating near the wal equipment Warning RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 17 Typographical conventions Chapter 1 Typogr
49. Level Reference starting from the present 15 minutes period RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 11 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 8 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThre 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 3 Gauge RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level sh1Exceed exceeded the RSL1 threshold in the last 15 minutes winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrRSLThre 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 4 Gauge RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level sh2Exceed exceeded the RSL2 threshold in the last 15 minutes winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMinTSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 5 Integer RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMaxTSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 6 Integer RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrTSLThre 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 7 Gauge RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level sh1Exceed exceeded the TSL1 threshold in the last 15 minutes winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrBBERThr 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 8 Gauge RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio esh1Exceed exceeded the BBER1 threshold in the last 15 minutes winlink1000OduPerfMonaAirlIntervalTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of
50. Link Budget Calculator The Link Budget Calculator is supplied on the RADWIN Manager CD It may be run stand alone from the CD or from the RADWIN Manager application gt To run the Link Budget Calculator from the CD 1 Insert the RADWIN Manager CD into the drive on the managing com puter In the window which opens click the Link Budget Calculator option 2 If the CD autorun application does not start by itself then point your browser to Z RADWIN Setup DATA Link Budget Calculator htm RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 3 Running the Link Budget Calculator Appendix B where Z should be replaced with your own CD drive name gt To run the Link Budget Calculator from the RADWIN Manager e Choose Help Link Budget Calculator from the main menu of the RADWIN Manager as in the following figure RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance 2 9 5 x RADWIN Manager Help F1 2 Link Configuration Link Budget Calculator Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Get Diagnostics Information A Link TPSF_BTT amp About RADWIN Manager E Figure B 1 Accessing the Link Budget Calculator However invoked your browser displays the following page RADWIN 2000 Link Budget WinLink Link Budget Product Band 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC Integrated Channel Bandwidth Tx Power 18 dBm 8 18 Antenna Gain siteA 22 sites 2
51. MIB Parameters Sheet 11 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmCounter 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 1 Integer RO Arunning counter of active alarms The counter is incremented for every new RAISED trap It is cleared after a device reset winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 2 Integer RO Current Alarm severity winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 3 Integer RO Unique Alarm Identifier combines alarm type and interface The same Alarmld is used for RAISED and CLEARED alarms winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmlflndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 4 Integer RO Interface Index where the alarm occurred Alarms thatare not associated with a specific interface will have the following value 65535 winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmUnit 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 5 Integer RO Unit associated with the alarm winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTraplD 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 6 Integer RO ID of the raised trap that was sent when this alarm was raised winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTimeT 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 7 Integer RO Timestamp of this alarm This number is in seconds from Midnight January 1st 1970 winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmText 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 2 1 8 DisplayString RO Alarm display text same as the text in the sent trap
52. Progress Status Details Starting software TPSF_BTT connection 1921581101 2205 2242 Feb 5 2009 MM Uploading software Airconnection 1921681102 22 05 b2242 Feb 5 2009 M Uploading software Figure F 5 Software upgrade in progress Note the stop button 7 Click Close to exit If one or both sites fail to update a warning notice will be displayed If one site of a link updates but the other fails you should correct the 4 problem and update the second site as soon as possible If you do not Caution following the next reset of the updated site you could experience a link software mismatch which may affect service See page 7 2 for details RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 F 4 RADWIN 2000 Part 3 Technical Information Broadband Wireless Transmission User Manual Release 2 2 Appendix G Technical Specifications Radio Capacity 50 Mbps capacity net throughput full duplex Range Up to 120 km 75 miles Frequency Bands and Regulatory Compliance Spectrum range Band GHz Compliance FCC 47CFR Part 15 FCC IC 5 8 5 735 5 840 Subpart C and IC RSS 210 FCC 47CFR Part 15 FCC 5 4 5 490 5 705 Subpart E 5 490 5 580 IC 5 4 IC RSS 210 5 670 5 705 FCC 47CFR Part 15 FCC IC 5 3 5 270 5 330 Subpart E and IC RSS 210 FCC 47CFR Part 90 FCC IC 4 9 4 950 4 980 Subpart Y and IC RSS 111
53. Release 2 2 6 12 Displaying the Inventory Displaying the Inventory gt To view the inventory data 1 Choose a site from the main menu The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Choose Inventory figure 6 12 Site Configuration A File Actions Help ki a Backup Restore Refresh B Buzzer Off B Installation Mode System Inventory Air Interface Property ODU 4 Power amp Ant Product 22 Hub Site Sync HW Version SW Version 120 Management MAC Address IDU Security Product i HW Version Date amp Time SW Version Advanced Serial Number SFP 4 Ethernet Vendor Name 3X External Alarms Vendor Pn Version Value RW 2050 0250 2 2 2 05 b2242 Feb 5 2009 00 15 67 28 12 08 500 500000366 RW 7216 2000 3 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 7C04200000000063 Device is not detected Operations Figure 6 12 Inventory window Security Features Chapter 6 The Security dialog enables you to change the Link Password and the SNMP Community strings and use the Link Lock feature RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 13 Changing the Link Password Chapter 6 Site Configuration File Actions Help r m Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode Q Air Interface Germani Tx Power amp Ant SNMP Communities 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Link Password Link Password Link Lock Date amp Ti Date
54. Site Synchronization external pulse type winlink1000OduAirHssDesiredExtPulseT 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 6 Integer RW Hub Site Synchronization required external pulse ype type Valid values for read write 2 typeB 3 typeC 4 typeD 5 Valid value for read only notApplicable 1 winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTable N A ODU Radio Frame Patterns RFP Table winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEntry N A ODU RFP Table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirHssRfplIndex winlink1000OduAirHssRfplndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 1 Integer RO ODU RFP Table index The index represent the Radio Frame Pattern typeA 2 typeB 3 typeC 4 typeD 5 winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 2 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service W5MHz under Channel BW of 5MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern winlink1000OduAirHssRfpTdmChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 3 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of TDM service under W5MHz Channel BW of 5MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern winlink1000OduAirHssRfpEthChannelB 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 7 1 4 Integer RO Represents the compatibility of Ethernet service W10MHz under Channel BW of 10MHz _ in the specific Radio Frame Pattern RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 9 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 6 of 15 Appendix J
55. System Ethernet Q Andes Bridge Configuration Tx Power 8 Ant ODU Mode O Hub Bridge 9 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory IDU Aging Time sec Ethernet Ports Configuration Security Pot Curent Mode Radio Link Failure Action Date amp Time ODU 100Mbps Full Duplex ect No Action Advanced LAN 1 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detect v No Action M LAN 2 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detect v No Action 3X External Alarms TEXT v Operations Information Rate Maximum Kbps Best Effort OK Cancel Figure 6 9 Bridge Configuration Site Configuration dialog box ODU Mode This parameter controls the ODU mode with two optional values RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 9 Configuring Ethernet Ports Mode Chapter 6 e Hub Mode in Hub mode the ODU transparently forwards all packets over the wireless link Bridge Mode In Bridge mode the ODU performs both learning and aging forwarding only relevant packets over the wireless link The aging time of the ODU is fixed at 300 seconds D Changing these modes requires system reset Note IDU Aging time This parameter controls the IDU aging time The aging time parameter controls the time after which each MAC address is dropped from the MAC address learning table The default value is 300 seconds e change to these parameters is effective immediately e Each side of the link can be configured s
56. Za Evaluating i Figure 4 11 Installation Wizard System dialog box gt To complete Installation Step 2 1 Enter a Link ID Link ID must be unique for each link in the area The Link ID must include at least eight alphanumeric characters Up to 24 characters are allowed You should use a Link ID composed of both alphabetic and numeric characters Both sides of link must have the same Link ID 5 2 Enter Link Name for the link identification The default name is Link You should change it 3 Enter names for Site 1 and Site 2 The default names are both Loca tion You should change them Throughout this manual we use A for Site 1 and B for Site 2 4 Optionally enter a new Link Password If the Link Password is incorrect a link is established but configuration cannot be performed and no services are available A new link password D may be obtained from RADWIN Customer Support or use the alternative password supplied with the product The link password is peculiar to the link itself and should not be confused with the RADWIN Manager log on password 5 Click Next RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 18 Changing the Link Password Chapter 4 The default link with a rate of 6 5 Mbps is evaluated The Channel Setting dialog box appears Proceed to Installing the Link Step 3 Channel Settings below Changing the Link Password The default password is wireless bridg
57. antenne externe sur un pyl ne 1 Attacher le support en U l arri re de l antenne en utilisant quatre ron delles plates quatre rondelles lastiques et quatre crous hex 2 Attacher le support pivotement au support en U en utilisant huit ron delles plates quatre rondelles lastiques quatre crous hex et quatre boulons 3 Passer les deux courroies de fixation par les fentes verticales dans le sup port pivotement 4 Attacher l antenne au pyl ne en utilisant les deux courroies de fixation Ajuster l inclinaison n cessaire en utilisant l chelle angulaire et serrer tous les boulons et crous la position requise RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 7 Index A defaults 1 11 E 3 license key 1 11 1 5 Beeper 5 4 20 6 22 mut Bod Bridge Mogg iia 722 muting restoring 6 2 restore 6 19 Technical Specifications general G 1 Bridge mode Telnet commands MES arms Active C DN ede En Changing link password 4 19 External specification g Channel selecting 4 20 5 11 Antennas Or Clock configuration TDM 4 34 Align with beeper 3 13 Community Strings iani Changing 6 15 Aligning 3 13 E bipolar 3 13 Editing 6 14 Buzzer signals 3 14 Forgotten passwords 6 15 n TEE M E Cable grounding C 1 Connecting 3 13 i Trap 6 14 Described 1 12 fi External Configuration Parameters 6 3 Mountin 4 7 Configuring Packa 6 CUTS 3 5 Advanced 6 2 6 9 6 11 6 11 dp Air Interface 6
58. audible signal variations RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 13 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas Chapter 3 BUZZER SIGNAL BESTSOFAR BEN INCREASED NN SAME E DECREASED NO AIR LINK Figure 3 12 Beep Sequence for antenna alignment ANTENNA ALIGNMENT e Three beeps and a pause is best signal so far Two beeps and a pause is signal quality increased beep and pause is no change in signal e Long beep and short pause is signal quality decreased e beep and a long pause is air link e Any other signal does not relate to antenna alignment Note 8 Secure the site A antenna to the pole wall 9 Repeat steps 4 to 8 for site B gt To align two external monopolar antennas The ODU buzzer only works on the radio connected to the ANT 1 connector marked You will therefore need to use ANT 1 to align both antennas in gt turn Upon completion of the alignment procedure you may connect the two antennas to ANT 1 and ANT 2 connectors amp 5 1 Using cable with connectors connect antenna to the ANT 1 connector of the ODU 2 Follow the steps 3 to 7 above to align the antenna connected to the ODU connector ANT 1 on both sides of the link 3 On both sides of the link disconnect the antenna connected to the ODU connector ANT 1 Connect the other antenna to connector ANT 1 and fol low the steps 3 to 7 abo
59. click OK The site will appear in the Software Upgrade list box For example if we add the site at IP address 192 168 2 101 the SWU main window of figure F 1 looks like this RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 F 2 Upgrading an Installed Link Appendix F ef Software Upgrade File Actions Start Upgrade Stop Upgrade AddSite Clear al Upgrade Package Save Configuration Close Software Upgrade details Available Release Description C Backup device software C Perform Reset to each device after successful upgrade Software Upgrade Link Name IP Address Site Name Current Release Progress Status Details TPSFBTT Diectconnection 1921681101 A 2 2 05_b2242 Feb 52009 Airconnection 1921681102 2 2 05_b2242 Feb 52009 G TPSFBTT Diectconnection 1921682101 A 1 8 05_b1540_Jan 29 2009 Figure F 4 Single site added for upgrade The list can be cleared using the Clear All button As an alternative to adding sites one at a time you can add sites from a prepared list using the Add from File option in figure F 2 The list has the following format lt IP address gt lt Read Only community gt lt Read Write community gt Here is an example 192 168 1 101 public netman 192 168 1 102 public netman 192 168 2 101 public netman 192 168 2 102 public netman 3 Having created an update list click Upgrade Package to chose the rel evant fi
60. include the name of the manufacturer the product name and the version of the hardware interface ifType 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 Integer RO The type of interface distinguished according to the physical link protocol s immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack ifSpeed 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 5 Gauge RO An estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second For interfaces which do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made this object should ontain the nominal bandwidth ifPhysAddress 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 6 Phys Address RO The interface s address at the protocol layer immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack For interfaces which do not have such an address e g a serial line this object should contain an octet string of zero length ifAdminStatus 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 7 Integer RW The desired state of the interface The testing 3 state indicates that no operational packets can be passed ifOperStatus 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 8 Integer RO The current operational state of the interface The testing 3 state indicates that no operational packets can be passed iflnOctets 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 10 x Counter RO The total number of octets received on the interface including framing characters iflnUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 11 x Counter RO The number of subnetwor
61. its description 1 Description Radio Link Out of Sync The reason is s s Is the reason detectIDU normal Indicates that the IDU was detected Raised by both sides of the link Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDU of Type s was Detected s Is the type of the IDU disconnectIDU major Indicates that the IDU was disconnected Raised by both sides of the link Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDU Disconnected mismatchIDU major Indicates a mismatch between the IDUs Raised by the master only Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description IDUs Mismatch One Side is s and the Other is s s Is the type of the IDU openedServices normal Indicates that services were opened Raised by the master only Contains 3 parameters 1 Description n2 out of n1 Requested TDM Trunks have been Opened 2 n1 Is the requested number of TDM truncks 3 n2 Is the actual number of TDM trunks that were opened closedServices normal Indicates that services were closed Raised by the master only Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service has been closed The reason is s s Is the reason incompatibleODUs critical Indicates that the ODUs are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Incompatible ODUs incompati
62. log milliWatt so that if you double the power in Note milliWatts for two radios then dBm will increase by 10 log 2 3 If you choose to set the Antenna Gain and Cable Loss you will receive the following warning message RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 25 Considerations for Changing Antenna Parameters Chapter 4 Tx Power and Antenna configuration A i You are about to change the following parameters Antenna Type this will cause link re synchronization Antenna Gain or Cable Loss this may affect other parameters Tx Power EIRP and Max EIRP Do you want to proceed with the operation Figure 4 19 Antenna parameters change warning e The Max EIRP level will be automatically set according to the selected band and regulation gt EIRP level is the sum of the System Tx Power and the Antenna No Gain minus the Cable Loss If inequality above is violated then the following warning window is displayed Tx Power Limits Under the following air rates the Tx Power limits are Single Antenna Confiquration Dual Antenna Confiquration Rate Mbps Max Tx Power dBm Rate Mbps Max Tx Power dBm 52 78 104 117 130 Figure 4 20 Tx Power Limits The precise relationship between the items in inequality and the win dow figure 4 17 is as follows e Required Tx Power per radio will be adjusted down to the lesser of the value entered and maxAvailableTxPo
63. properly wired and connected Orange Complete the installation procedure from the RADWIN Manager AIR I F Check the ODU Antenna alignment Check that the radio Red configuration of both site A and site B units are the same channel and Link ID Orange Alarm detected at the Site Binterface or Local or Remote loopback SVC Red Alarm detected at the Site A interface Off Ethernet only IDU or E1 T1 not configured RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 19 Replacing an ODU Chapter 7 Use the following table to troubleshoot faults in the system Table 7 8 System Troubleshooting Ensure that power is connected to the IDU No power Ensure that the ODU cable is properly wired and connected Complete the installation procedure from the RADWIN Manager No signal Check the antenna alignment Check that the radio configuration of both site A and site B units is the same channel and Link ID Weak signal Check the antenna alignment reconfigure the link received Check the alignment tone sounds the Best Signal sequence Replacing an ODU Prior to any action ensure that both ODUs have the same software version You can see this on the inventory panels for each site For Site A click Site A Inventory and note the ODU software version Repeat this for Site B using Site B Inventory If either ODU has an old software version perform a software upgrade It is important to configure the ne
64. run locally and remotely RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 13 Accessories Chapter 1 The RADWIN Manager provides e Installation Wizard e Frequency band selection e On line monitoring of air interface quality allowing the administrator to monitor the service and status of each link e On line monitoring of equipment alarms and QoS e Local and remote loopback testing e Configuration Wizard and site settings e Integrated software upgrade utility e On line user manual and help files e Link Budget Calculator for calculating the expected performance of the RADWIN 2000 wireless link and the possible service configura tions for a specific link range The RADWIN Manager can easily be integrated with any NMS system RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help 2 Link Configuration Get Diagnostics Clear Counters 5 Link TPSF_BTT Location A B LinkID EBG 20561334 5 Radio Interface Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Channel Bw MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Ethernet Service Status Link Active Ethernet Throughput Rx Rate Tx Rate IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TDM Service Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 E1 Ports Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Updates Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Ti
65. site to factory defaults 6 20 Hardware Installation Reset site preserve current configuration External Antennas 3 7 6 20 Indoor 3 8 Security Features 6 13 Lightning protection 3 8 Community Strings 6 14 Mounting U 3 8 Editing 6 14 ODU 3 7 Forgotten paswwords 6 15 Outdoor 3 6 Initial log on defaults 6 15 Outdoor connections 3 8 Default Gateway 6 5 Sequence 3 5 IP address 6 5 6 5 Package Contents 3 2 Trap Destination 6 5 IDU 3 4 ODU 3 2 T Package contents TDM Services External Antennas 3 5 Clock configuration 4 34 Transmission rates 4 23 Configuration 5 17 Radio Outdoor Unit see ODU Described 1 1 Replacing an ODU 7 20 Evaluation 4 33 restore configuration file 6 2 in Link Budget calculation B 1 Jitter Buffer 4 31 S Loopbacks 7 3 Safety Practices iii iv 3 1 modulation rate 431 Grounding 3 1 over internet with SFP 1 1 Preventing overexposure to RF energy 3 1 selection 4 28 Selecting channel 4 20 5 11 TDD in MIB J 3 SFP Technical data G 2 device 1 1 Telnet commands 6 22 in the MIB 7 17 Throughput display 5 7 supported 1 2 Trap message 7 15 Technical G 3 Technical Specifications Site Air Interface general G 1 Configuration Configuration G 1 Configuration Files 6 20 EMC G 4 backup to 6 20 Environmental G 3 Configuration files Ethernet Interface G 3 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release2 2 Index 4 Management G 3 Mechanical G 3 Power G 3 Radio G 1 Safety G 4 TDM Interface G 2 Telnet configuration 6 22 TDM 6 22 Trap messages 7 2 Trunk P
66. the Tx Power and Antenna fields of local and remote sites B Antenna Type Undefined Undefined Antenna Gain dBi 28 Tx Power per radio dBm 25 Tx Power system dBm 28 EIRP dBm 56 56 Monitor Link a Radio Interface A RSS dBm h No Serv Ethernet Ethemet Serv Ethemet Ethemet TDM Quality mm Figure 4 16 Transmission Power and Antenna Parameters The choice of Tx Power antenna gain and cable loss between the radio and the antenna determines the EIRP and is affected by such considerations as radio limitations and regulatory restrictions Before proceeding to antenna installation details the following background information should be considered General Each RADWIN 2000 ODU is made of two radio transceivers radios The radios make use of algorithms that utilize both polarization and space diver sity resulting in enhanced capacity range and link availability The number of antennas i e radios used is determined by user configuration and by automatic system decisions explained below Dual Antennas at Both Sites Using dual antennas at both sites single bipolar antenna or two monopolar antennas enables the use of MIMO technology With MIMO the system doubles the link capacity At the same time it keeps the same rate and modulation per radio as was used with single antenna thus increasing capacity range and availability For example with a dual antenna RADWIN 2000 ca
67. to the IDU cesses nennen nennen nennen nennen nnn 3 11 Connecting the ODU to the IDU eene 3 12 Installing a Link using POE Devices 3 12 Connecting User Equipment esses e 3 12 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas eene 3 13 Chapter 4 Link Installation The RADWIN Manager Installing theRADWIN Manager Application 4 1 Minimum System Requirements esee eese eene nenne ne nnn nnn nenne nenne nnns 4 1 Installing tlie SOR WAI O s eee oca ora b ea de pere tei purae daas 4 1 Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager ss 4 2 The RADWIN Manager log on 1 11 nennen nnn 4 4 Eora melni mago ne 4 6 Unsupported DEVICE ninini EE 4 6 Incorrect IP Address uiuo 4 7 Incorrect PASSWOPG aaa eue 4 7 Continuing without an Address cii rire retirer reni tr su da 4 7 Changing the Log On 22 1 eae nnne nnn nnn nnn nnns 4 8 Installing the Link First SUCeps ii tea en 4 9 ICI MeTumco sages 4 11 Front Panel LEDs on the TDU C Lii ades ey ke ceat aE oen 4 11 Installation Menu and Toolbar Functiona
68. type of service and environmental conditions Simple installation and management RADWIN 2000 systems are extremely simple to install and maintain They are typically up and running in less than an hour The RADWIN Manager application has full local and remote management capabilities The user friendly SNMP based management tool provides full end to end configuration event logging and performance monitoring capabilities Enhanced Security The security features of RADWIN 2000 include e RADWIN 2000 s AES 128 bit integrated advanced encryption support provides enhanced air interface security for carriers and private networks It ensures user data protection with one of the most sophisticated commercially available combined RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 5 RADWIN 2000 Link Chapter 1 encryption and authentication techniques CCM AES This tech nique combines message authentication preventing anti spoof ing and replay protection with commercial encryption and complies with the IEEE 802 11i phase iii security recommen dations CCM AES uses a symmetric 128 bit encryption key EK and a nonce and provides both message encryption and authenticat ing signature The nonce mechanism enables the receiver to remember already received genuine messages and reject all replayed messages Initial encryption and authentication is based on a user defined master key Link Password While standard Wireless LAN encrypts only the Et
69. unauthorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Unauthorized ODU connection rejected hotStandbyAlarm 124 major Indicates that the hot standby secondary link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Secondary Link Is Active sfpinsertion 126 major Indicates that a device was inserted to SFP Port sfpPort1DisconnectedAlarm 127 major Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description SFP port 1 status changed to disconnected tdmServiceClear 200 normal Indicates that TDM Service fault is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service Normal ethServiceOpened 201 normal Indicates that Ethernet Service has been opened Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Ethernet Service has been opened encryptionClear 203 normal Indicates that encryption is OK Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Encryption Status Normal changeLinkPasswordClear 204 normal Indicates that the Link Password was changed successfully Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Link Password has been changed at on s 96s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link ex
70. winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsNumber 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 1 Integer RO This counter indicates the size of the winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTable winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTable N A Thistable includes the last events When a trap is sent an event entry is added to the table winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsEntry N A Entry containing the details of last traps INDEX winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsIndex winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 1 Integer RO The index of the table winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 2 Integer RO Current Trap severity winlink1000OduAgnLastEventslflndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 3 Integer RO Interface Index where the event occurred Traps that are associated with a specific interface will have the following value 65535 winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsTimeT 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 4 Integer RO Timestamp of this trap This number is in seconds from Midnight January ist 1970 winlink1000OduAgnLastEventsText 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 4 2 1 5 DisplayString RO Trap display text same as the text in the sent trap winlink1000IduAdmProductType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 1 DisplayString RO IDU configuration description winlink1000IduAdmHwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 2 DisplayString RO IDU Hardware Revision winlink1000lduAdmSwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 3 DisplayString RO IDU Software Revision winlink10000duAdmNumoOfExternalAlar
71. 0 RSS dBm Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Status Transmitting Ethernet Throughput Mbps Site Location IP Address 10 0 0 120 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Updates Transmitting on Channel 5 820 GHz No connection to the server Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 12 02 2009 10 25 46 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 12 02 2009 10 25 47 Connected to Location Internal 2 Connection Available Connection Mode Local IP Address 255 255 255 255 Figure D 2 Opening RADWIN Manager window prior to installation 8 Click the un grayed Site Location button The following dialog window appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 3 The procedure Appendix D Site Configuration Location File Actions Help b iis 5 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode Q Air Interface eq Tx Power amp Ant Description Wireless Link Hub Site Sync P M biectlD 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 20 3 1 2 B anagement Inventory R Security Date amp Time Advanced Person Ethernet 3X External Alarms Location Location 2 Operations Last Power Up 12 02 2009 10 25 22 Figure D 3 Configuration Dialog Box 9 Click the Management item in the left hand pan
72. 00OduAdmProductType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 1 DisplayString R ODU configuration description winlink10000duAdmHwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 2 DisplayString R ODU Hardware Version winlink10000duAdmSwRev 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 3 DisplayString O O O ss 2 y Ri ODU Software Version winlink1000OduAdmLinkName 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 4 DisplayString RW Link Name A change is effective immediately winlink1000OduAdmResetCmd 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 5 Integer RW Reset Command A set command with a value of 3 will cause a device reset The read value is always 0 winlink1000OduAdmAddres 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 IpAddress RW ODU IP address A change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter winlink1000OduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended winlink10000duAdmMask 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 IpAddress RW ODU Subnet Mask change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter winlink1000OduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended winlink1000OduAdmGateway 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 IpAddress RW ODU default gateway A change is effective after reset The parameter is kept for backward compatibility Using the alternative parameter winlink1000OduAdmlpParamsCnfg is recommended winlink1000O
73. 04095 Email salespe radwin com RADWIN Singapore 53A Grange Road 15 02 Spring Grove 249566 Singapore Tel 65 6638 7864 Email salescn radwin com RADWIN Mexico Quinto 20 Col El Centinela Mexico DF 04450 Mexico Tel 52 55 5689 8970 Email salesmx radwin com RADWIN India E 13 B 1 Extn Mohan Co operative Industrial Estate New Delhi 110 044 India Tel 91 11 40539178 Email salesin radwin com RADWIN Philippines 37 A luna St West Rembo Makati City 1200 Philippines Tel 63 2882 6886 Fax 63 9178923427 Email salesph radwin com RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 ii Regulatory Compliance General Note This system has achieved Type Approval in various countries around the world This means that the system has been tested against various local technical regulations and found to comply The frequency bands in which the system operates may be unlicensed and in these bands the system can be used provided it does not cause interference FCC Compliance This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communic
74. 1 5 44 Integer RO Maximum allowed Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution winlink1000OduAirMinAntennaGain 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 45 Integer RO Minimum allowed Antenna Gain in 0 1 dBi resolution winlink1000OduAirMaxEIRP 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 46 Integer RO Maximum EIRP value as defined by regulation in 0 1 dBm resolution winlink1000OduAirAntennaGainConfigSu 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 47 Integer RO Antenna Gain Configurability options are product pport specific supported not supported winlink1000OduAirAntennaType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 48 Integer RW External Antenna Type Monopolar or Bipolar winlink1000OduAirRssBalance 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 49 Integer RO RSS balance Relation between RSS in radio 1 and RSS in radio 2 winlink1000OduAirTotalTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 50 Integer RO Total Transmit Power in dBm This is a nominal value While the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation winlink1000OduAirinstallFreqAndCBW 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 51 DisplayString RW Installation frequency Channel BW winlink1000OduAirDFStype 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 52 Integer RO DFS regulation type winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandTable N A ODU Multi band Sub Bands Table winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandEntry N A ODU Multi band Sub Bands Table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandlndex winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandlndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 1 Integer RO ODU Multi band sub bands table index winlink1000OduA
75. 1000 2 6 11 Integer RO Number of TDM backup trunks winlink1000IduTdmBackupTable N A IDU TDM Links Statistics table winlink1000IduTdmBackupEntry N A IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry INDEX winlink1000IduTdmBackuplIndex winlink1000lduTdmBackuplIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 1 Integer RO Table index winlink1000IduTdmBackupMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 2 Integer RW TDM backup mode Enable or Disable where the main link is the air link or the external link Changes will be effective immediatly winlink1000IduTdmBackupCurrentActive 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 12 1 3 Integer RO TDM backup current active link N A air link is Link active or external link is active winlink1000IlduTdmJitterBufferSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 13 Integer RW TDM Jitter Buffer Size The value must be between the minimum and the maximum TDM Jitter Buffer Size units are 0 1 x millisecond winlink1000IduTdmd itterBufferDefaultSiz 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 14 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Default Size The units are 0 1 x e millisecond winlink1000lduTdmJitterBufferMinSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 15 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Minimum Size The units 0 1 x millisecond winlink1000lduTdmJitterBufferMaxSize 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 16 Integer RO TDM Jitter Buffer Maximum Size The units 0 1 x millisecond winlink1000lduTdm JitterBufferSizeEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 17 Integer RW TDM Jitter Buffer Size for evalu
76. 17 Viewing Recent Events Chapter 7 The following table provides an explanation of the command buttons Table 7 6 Active Alarms command buttons Save Saves the alarms in CSV or text format for further analysis Refresh Reads the alarms from the ODU Site Selects site for the active alarms Close Closes the active alarm window Viewing Recent Events Each ODU stores the last 256 events gt To view the last 256 events 1 Click Tools Recent Events A window like the following is dis played I Recent Events File View Help Save Site A 7 Close Number Device Date amp Time Description Interface 01 09 2005 00 00 26 Interface 12 E1 Port 12 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 Interface 13 E1 Port 13 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 Interface 14 E1 Port 14 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 TDM Interface 15 E1 Port 15 on Idu 01 03 2005 00 00 26 Interface 16 E1 Port 16 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 LAN port 01 status changed to connected 100Mbps Full Duplex LAN Port 01 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 LAN port 02 status changed to connected 100Mbps Full Duplex LAN Port 02 on Idu 01 09 2005 00 00 26 SFP port 01 status changed to disconnected 01 09 2005 00 00 26 Ethernet Service has been opened 01 09 2005 00 00 26 7 out of 7 requested TDM Trunks have been opened 01 09 2005 00 00 28 Interface 2 Normal E1 Port 2 on Idu Figure 7 17 Recent Events Upto last
77. 2 2009 10 25 47 Connected to Location Internal 000003 12 02 2009 10 35 05 Device unreachable Internal 000004 12 02 2009 10 35 12 Connected to Location Internal lt Connection Available Connection Mode Local IP Address 255 255 255 255 Figure D 7 Main Window after IP Address change 13 Click Cancel to leave the open Management dialog You may now exit the RADWIN Manager or connect to another ODU If you choose to con nect to another ODU after about a minute the main window of the RAD WIN Managerwill revert to that shown in figure D 2 above In any event power down the changed ODU the IP address change will take effect when you power it up again Don t forget to remove the RF terminators from connectorized ODU after powering it down RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 6 Changing the FactoryDefault Band Why this is Needed All ODUs supplied by RADWIN come pre configured with a factory set up product part number dependent band It may be changed using the pro cedure in this appendix e The ODUs as supplied by RADWIN are typically set up with a factory default band for your product If for some reason the default band needs to be changed it should Caution be done before link Installation e Use of an incorrect band may be in violation of local regulations Required Equipment The minimal equipment required to change an ODU default band is e Laptop computer managing c
78. 2 4 4 2 Integer RW Timeout in seconds for aging Note that for this parameter to be effective the ODU must be configured to HUB mode A change is effective immediately winlink1000IlduTdmTxClockAvailStates 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 1 Integer RO Available states of the TDM Transmit Clock Control each input status is represented by a bit When the state is available the bit value is 1 When the state is unavailable the bit value is O The available states are bit 2 Transparent bit 3 Local Loop Timed bit4 Remote Loop Timed bit 5 Local Internal bit 6 Remote Internal winlink1000IduTdmTxClockDesiredState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 2 Integer RW Required state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control A change is effective after re activation of the TDM service winlink1000IduTdmTxClockActualState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 1 3 Integer RO Actual state of the TDM Transmit Clock Control winlink1000IduTdmMasterClockAvailOpti 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 2 1 Integer RO Available options of the TDM Master Clock Control ons each input status is represented by a bit When the option is available the bit value is 1 When the option is unavailable the bit value is 0 The available options are bit 2 Automatic bit 3 Trunk 1 bit4 Trunk 2 bit5 Trunk 3 bit 6 Trunk 4 When no options are available the returned value is 1 winlink1000IduTdmMasterClockDesired 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 2 2 Integer RW Required TDM Master Clock A change is effec
79. 2 Configuration 5 1 I Overview 5 9 Step 1 Start Wizard 5 10 IDU Step 2 System Parameters 5 10 Aging time 6 10 Step 3 Channel Settings 5 11 aging time ODU Bridge Mode 6 10 Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings Connecting to ODU 3 11 5 15 described 1 11 Step 5 Services 5 16 5 17 IDU C Step 6 Summary and exit 5 19 Alarm Connector H 2 default frequency 4 20 Front panel 1 11 1 11 default Settings 4 11 Described 3 9 Information 7 1 LEDs 3 10 3 10 4 3 4 12 Air Interface Thresholds Mounting 3 8 BBER Threshold 7 12 Power connections 3 11 3 11 RSL Threshold 7 12 Package Contents 3 4 Air Interface Thresholds setting 7 12 Indoor Unit see IDU Alarms Installation Active summary 7 17 Menu and Toolbar Functionality 4 13 Error detection and 7 17 Post Configuration main window 5 20 output 7 19 Post Installation main window 4 37 saved 7 17 see Link Installation Compatibility 7 2 Installation Mode 6 2 6 2 6 11 Trap messages 7 3 Inventory 6 15 Events Log 7 8 Displaying 6 13 Events log IP address 6 2 Events references Telnet display 6 23 trap background color 7 17 J default colors 7 17 Jitter Buffer 4 31 Preferences 7 16 saving 7 17 K Monitor log 7 8 7 8 Key Features of Radio Link Help Advanced Air Interface 1 4 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release2 2 Index 2 Performance data explained 7 11 and trap addresses 6 1 Performance monitoring 7 8 Configuring the Site 6 2 Performance Reports 7 9 Screen Telnet 6 24 Remote Power Fail Indi
80. 3 Enter a description of the alarms in the text field 4 Click Apply to save 5 Click OK to exit from the dialog RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 19 Managing Configuration Files Chapter 6 Managing Configuration Files Backup Configuration to a File RADWIN Manager allows you to backup configuration parameters of the local and remote units to the managing computer as ini files Each site is backed up in a separate ini file gt To save the configuration in a file Caution Resetting Caution 1 Choose a site to back up The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Backup 3 In the Save As dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name configuration file is to be saved and click Save Restoring a Configuration File Configuration files ini can be uploaded from the managing computer To restore a configuration file 1 Choose a site to restore from a previous backup The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Restore 3 From the Open dialog box choose ini file to upload and click OK Backup files are specific to a site IDU ODU pair and Link ID Do not restore a backup configuration file to a site other than that from which it was originally taken You may reset the link preserving the current configuration or reset to fac tory defaults Resetting the link causes service disconnection To maintain the connection between the managing computer and the link first
81. 5 1 The Main Window of the RADWIN 5 1 The RADWIN Manager Toolbar ener 5 2 The RADWIN Manager Main 112010000 5 3 Configuring the Link nnn 5 9 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 vii Configuring the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard 5 10 Configuring the Link Step 2 System 5 10 Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel 5 5 11 Configuring the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings 5 15 Configuring the Link Step 5 5 16 Configuring the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration 5 17 Configuring the Link Step 7 Configuration Summary and Exit 5 19 Chapter 6 Site Configuration Configuring the c t es eiecti er xen cupo KE ces 6 1 Editing the Configuration Parameters by Site ss nennen nennen 6 1 Functions on the left of the dialog box 6 2 Functions at the top of the dialog box 6 2 Viewing Air Interface Details 1112 11 nnn 6 3 Changing the Transmit POWER nine ren
82. 6 Integer RW Required state of the interface winlink1000OduEthernetlfOperStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 7 Integer RO Current operational state of the interface winlink1000OduEthernetlfFailAction 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 2 1 8 Integer RW Failure action of the interface winlink1000OduEthernetNumOfPorts 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 3 3 Integer RO Number of ODU network interfaces winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortTable N A ODU Bridge Ports table winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortEntry N A ODU Bridge Ports table entry INDEX winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortIndex winlink1000OduBridgeBasePortlndex RO ODU Bridge Port Number winlink1000OduBridgeBaselflndex RO Iflndex corresponding to ODU Bridge port winlink1000OduBridgeTpMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 101 Integer RW ODU bridge mode A change is effective after reset Valid values hubMode 0 bridgeMode 1 winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortTable N A ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortEntry N A ODU Transparent Bridge Ports table entry INDEX winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortindex winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortIndex RO ODU Transparent Bridge Port Number winlink1000OduBridgeT pPortInFrames 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 3 Counter RO Number of frames received by this port winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortOutFrames 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 4 Counter RO Number of frames transmitted by this port winlink1000OduBridgeTpPortInBytes 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 4 4 3 1 10 Counter RO
83. 9 RADWIN 2000 Link Chapter 1 Table 1 2 Available Integrated Antenna ODU Products Release 2 2 5 9 GHz Universal X x x x Factory 5 8 GHz FCC IC x default X X x 5 8 GHz MII China X x V X x Factory 5 8 GHz WPC India X V x V default x 5 4 GHz FCC X v x 5 4 GHz IC iv X V x x 5 4 GHz Universal X x V X x 5 3 GHz FCC IC iv X x x 5 3 GHz Universal X x x x 4 9 GHz FCC x x Factory x x default 4 9 GHz Universal X V x x 5 8 GHz ETSI x x x v Factory 5 4 GHz ETSI X x x x default 5 3 GHz ETSI X x x x v Factory 2 4 GHz FCC IC x x SIUE x x x RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 10 The Indoor Unit IDU Chapter 1 The external antenna choices are e Single bipolar antenna e Two monopolar antennas e Single monopolar antenna For further information see page 4 21 The Indoor Unit IDU The IDU has the service ports and provides aggregation of these services towards the ODU that transports them over the air The IDU also provides power to the ODU The IDU C is a carrier class 19 inch 1U unit providing E1 T1 ports Ethernet ports dry contact alarms and indication LEDs It has two DC power feed connectors An AC to DC converter is available for powering the IDU C from an AC source The IDU C is designed to be rack mounted Four IDU C products are available in release 2 2 Table 1 3 Release 2 2 IDU C Pro
84. AL 7 6 FIGURE 7 7 REMOTE INTERNAL nemen 7 6 FIGURE 7 8 REMOTE EXTERNAL LOOPBACK nennen nennen nan nnn 7 7 FIGURE 7 9 LOCAL INTERNAL LOOPBACK nennen nennen nnn nnn 7 7 FIGURE 7 10 PREFERENCES DIALOG BOX kinh 7 9 FIGURE 7 11 BASIC PERFORMANCE MONITORING REPORT 7 10 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 xii FIGURE 7 12 A TYPICAL PERFORMANCE MONITORING 2 eene 7 10 FIGURE 7 13 THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION DIALOG 7 12 FIGURE 7 14 EVENTS LOG DISPLAY cccccceccusecueeueaueuseesueaueusausesaueusausesaueueaueeseenanas 7 14 FIGURE 7 15 PREFERENCES DIALOG BOX EVENT nennen nn nnns 7 16 FIGURE 7 16 ACTIVE ALARMS SUMMARY nana aan 7 17 FIGURE 7 17 RECENT EVENTS UPTO LAST 256 EVENTS AT SITE 7 18 FIGURE 7 18 ONLINE HELP FOR RADWIN 2000 4 4 7
85. Bridge Mode 2 4 aging time 6 10 Stage 3 RF Survey 2 4 Connectorized 1 7 1 8 Login Errors described 1 7 Incorrect IP Address 4 7 form factors 1 7 Incorrect password 4 7 Installation Mast and Wall 1 Unsupported Device 4 6 Integrated Antenna 1 7 1 8 loopback Mounting Kit 1 activating 7 3 Package Contents 3 2 deactivate 7 5 Products 1 11 Local Internal 7 7 Replacing 7 20 Remote External 7 6 With integrated antenna 1 12 Remote Internal 7 6 p M Package contents of 3 2 Management Password Addresses 6 4 Link 1 6 7 20 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release2 2 Index 3 PC Minimum Requirements 4 1 restore from 6 20 Performance Configuration with Telnet 6 22 Monitor 7 2 Dialog Performance Monitoring set time interval 7 8 Change Tx Power 6 3 PoE Ethernet Properties 6 9 Described 1 12 Configuring PoE device see PoE Bridge 6 9 Power over Ethernet see PoE Maximum information rate 6 11 Protection Ports Mode 6 10 External Lightning Surge Suppressors 3 Ethernet PropertiesIDU Aging time 6 Grounding 10 Antenna cable 1 Functions 6 2 IDUs C 2 Inventory 6 13 ODUs C 2 Menu bar 6 2 Internal ESD Protection circuits C 7 Setting the date and time 6 7 View Air Iinterface details 6 3 R VLAN Settings 6 5 Radio Link Lost or forgotten VLAN ID 6 6 Accessories 1 14 Priority number 6 6 Additional Tools and Materials Required 3 5 VLAN ID 6 6 Connecting user equipment 3 12 External Alarm Inputs 6 19 Described 1 6 Reset site 6 20 Documentation set 1 15 Reset
86. Built in Test BIT error Both ODU and IDU are in e connection to the ODU operational state Output 3 Service Alarm at Site N A Permanently off Output 4 Link is up or down Power Failure at Site Link Loss due to Power Failure without power failure at Site B indication within the last two seconds RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 K 1 Appendix L Regional Notice French Canadian Proc dures de s curit G n ralit s Avant de manipuler du mat riel connect des lignes lectriques ou de t l communications il est conseill de se d faire de bijoux ou de tout autre objet m tallique qui pourrait entrer en contact avec les l ments sous ten sion Mise la terre Tous les produits RADWIN doivent tre mis la terre pendant l usage cou rant La mise la terre est assur e en reliant la fiche d alimentation une prise de courant avec une protection de terre En outre e La cosse de masse sur l IDU C doit tre constamment connect e a la protection de terre par un c ble de diam tre de 18 AWG ou plus Le mat riel mont sur rack doit tre install seulement sur des racks ou armoires reli s la terre e ODU doit mise la terre par un c ble de diam tre de 12 AWG ou plus e Il ne doit pas y avoir de fusibles ou d interrupteurs sur la connection la terre De plus e Il faut toujours connecter la terre en premier et la d connecter en dernier e II ne faut jamais con
87. Compass Stage 2 Physical Survey e 100 meter tape measure Ohmmeter to check ground connection e Binoculars e e Digital camera e Paper pencil and a clipboard e GPS device optional e Compass optional Stage 3 RF Survey e Spectrum Analyzer with Max Hold function and screen capture facil ity that can store multiple images for documentation purposes e RF accessories connectors and cables e Communication devices for example cellular phones or a set of walkie talkies Stage 1 Preliminary Survey A preliminary survey is necessary before visiting potential installation sites As much detail as possible should be obtained about the two designated ODU installation sites and the area between them gt To perform a preliminary survey 1 Mark the two designated installation sites on a topographic map of the area Measure the distance between the sites check that it is within the speci fied range of the RADWIN 2000 On the urban map check for developed areas situated between the two installation sites Pay attention to these areas when performing the phys ical site survey there may be tall buildings RF towers or transmitters which could cause interference to the link Check the area between the two sites for obstructions such as e High ground hills or mountains e Lakes or large bodies of water Water has a reflection effect on RF signals like a building This type of reflectio
88. Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrUAS 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 1 Gauge RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrES 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 2 Gauge RO Current number of Errored Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrSES 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 3 Gauge RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrBBE 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 4 Gauge RO Current number of Background Block Errors starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrlntegrity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 1 1 5 Integer RO Indicates the integrity of the entry winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalEntry N A This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalldx winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalldx RO This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalUAS RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalES RO Current number of Errored Seconds per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalSES RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervalBBE RO Curre
89. DayActiveS econds Ri Parameter indicating whether the TDM service was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active winlink1000OduPerfMonTxThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 20 Integer RW When the Transmit power exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring TSL1 counter is incremented winlink1000OduPerfMonRxThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 21 Integer RW When the RX power exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring RSL1 counter is incremented winlink1000OduPerfMonRxThresh2 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 22 Integer RW When the RX power exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring RSL2 counter is incremented winlink1000OduPerfMonBBERThresh1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 23 Integer RW When the BBER exceeds this threshold a performance monitoring BBER counter is incremented The units are 1 10 of a percent winlink1000OduAgnGenAddTrapExt 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 1 1 Integer RW If yes is chosen the iflndex Unit Severity Time T and Alarm Id from the winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable will be bind to the end of each private trap winlink1000OduAgnGenSetMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 1 2 Integer RW This parameter is reserved to the element manager provided with the product winlink1000OduAgnNTPCfgTimeServerl P 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 1 IpAddress RW IP address of the se
90. E 1 User RSS exti 1 Link Budget Calculator Internal B 1 Calculations RETE B 2 EIRP e 2 Expected RSS and Fade 2 Min RANGE aa 2 SOVICE MEE B 2 AVallabilily coed bad ba ga A Es 2 Antenna Essen s same sine anse frame nee teen iced 3 Running the Link Budget Calculator B 3 About the Fresnel Zorig B 9 Appendix C Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Grounding for Antenna Peek rc e aoa in C 1 Grounding for Indoor Outdoor Units LL C 2 GEOUPOITIQS s isse io due olet one PUR rU ES sentent RE C 2 C 2 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding C 3 Internal ESD Protection circuits cuo so sveere c ona ait oni sun tr Rt C 7 Appendix D Preloading an ODU with an IP Address WHY THIS 15 Needed eerte tede dtu or t vem n Nn a ar D 1 Required Equipment isahan ek propa Ek Ars dat Fan Este D 1
91. FP transceivers can be used supporting a proto col converter concept The main application for such SFP transceivers is TDM over Ethernet providing E1 T1 or E3 T3 over full duplex Ethernet Remote Bridge The following table provides a few SFP types that can be used with the RADWIN 2000 IDU C Table I 1 SFP Type and Interface description 100baseT 100BaseT IEEE 802 3 UTP CAT5 100baseFX Multimode fiber optic MMF link spans up to 2km long 100baseLX Single mode fiber optic SMF links pans up to 10km 100baseBX SMF single strand link spans up to 10 km or 40 km MiRICi E3T3 FE manufactured by RAD Bobo E3 T3 data communications RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 I 1 Appendix J MIB Reference Introduction About the MIB The RADWIN MIB is a set of APIs that enables external applications to con trol RADWIN equipment The MIB is divided into public and a private API groups Public RFC 1213 MIB IT variables RFC 1214 MIB IT System and Interfaces sections e Private Controlled by RADWIN and supplements the public group This appendix describes the public and private MIB used by RADWIN Terminology The following terms are used in this appendix MIB Management Information Base API Application Programming Interface SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol In addition the MIB uses internally the older notions of Local site and Remote site where this manua
92. Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal amp Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 8 Encrypted Link Figure 5 1 Main window Wireless Link is Active Before starting a configuration session make sure that a communication link exists between the two sides of the link The Link Status indication bar must be green In the Link Status panel the Status field should show Link Active in green The main window of the RADWIN Manager contains a large amount of information about the link Before proceeding to details of link configuration we set out the meaning of each item in the main window The RADWIN Manager Toolbar In configuration mode the RADWIN Manager toolbar contains the following buttons 2 Link Configuration Link Installatio Site A Site B Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Log Off Exit RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 2 The RADWIN Manager Main Menu Table 5 1 RADWIN Manager Toolbar Link Configuration Changes configuration parameters of an operating wireless link assigns text files for storing alarms statistics and configuration data This button is disabled until a link installation has been completed Link Installation P
93. LAN PC that after 2 minutes the system will support only VLAN tag on management interface Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description VLAN Mode is active Non VLAN traffic will be blocked in 2 minutes tdmServiceAlarm 100 major Indicates that TDM Service is in alarm state Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM Service Alarm ethServiceClosed 101 major Indicates that Ethernet Service is closed Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Ethernet Service is closed ethServiceNotPermitted 102 major Indicates that Ethernet Service is not permitted Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description A valid IDU could not be detected at s Please check your configuration s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link encryptionAlarm 103 major Indicates an encryption key mismatch Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Encryption Status Failed No Services are available changeLinkPasswordAlarm 104 major Indicates that a failure has occurred while attempting to change the Link Password Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Failed to change the Link Password at on s s Is the Local Site name or Remote Site name or both sides of the Link externalAlarmInPort1Alarm 105 majo
94. Link details pane on the left is split into three sections The top section summarizes information about the link gt Link TPSF BTT LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Status Link Active Table 5 3 Link Details Link ID Services selected Frequency Channel bandwidth Rate Link status The two lower panels show basic link site details RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 5 The RADWIN Manager Main Menu Chapter 5 IP Address 10 0 0 120 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address 10 0 0 121 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Table 5 4 Link site details Site A and Site B IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Desalination Monitor pane he monitor pane is the main source of real time information about link per formance at both link sites It includes the following panes top to bottom e Radio Interface Received Signal Strength RSS in dBm Lacation A B Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Ethernet Service e 3 Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps e Ethernet Throughput The numbers are the current calculated throughputs at each site The colored bars with numbers indi cate the maximum possible throughput having regard for air conditions e Rx and Tx Rates Actual E
95. Manager main window click the Link Installation button The Link Installation button is only accessible if the antennas are properly aligned If this box is grayed out you should align the antennas as set out in Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas on page 3 13 The Installation Wizard opens Link Installation Wizard Welcome to the Link Installation Wizard This wizard is used For performing Link configuration updates After Changes made in Frequency field the Link will be resynchronized Note that all changes made to the Link should be reflected in Link Quality monitor All the Fields are mandatory Monitor Link A Radio Interface i Location Location RSS dBm 21 21 2 NE Quality Se Ta i Ent Figure 4 10 Link Installation Wizard The bottom data area reproduces the corresponding data from the main window which the above panel obscures See page 5 6 for a field by field description of this data area Click Next to proceed with the installation procedure Installing the Link Step 2 System Parameters The system dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 17 Installing the Link Step 2 System Parameters Link Installation Wizard System Chapter 4 Fill in the attribute Fields below Link ID Link Name Site 1 Site 2 Link Password Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Quality Location Location A Location Location 31 31 tre
96. Managing Configuration Files xsara ni Put RV 6 20 Backup Configuration to a eene nennen nnne nnn nenne 6 20 Restoring a Configuration File ees 6 20 Resetting 6 20 IDE Detectolt 6 21 Configuration with 6 22 Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics Retrieving Link Information Get Diagnostics 7 1 Link Compatibility Rin c natos 7 2 nel d or r End de ia orci Vea exi c bn e s 7 3 Local External esee nenne nnn sau snas 7 6 Remote Internal Loopback 7 6 Remote External LOOpback eese eene nenne nenne nnn nnne nne nnn nenne nene nnn ne nnns 7 6 Local Internal Loopback hen na an aon rise res 7 7 Reinstalling and Realigning a Link hs 7 7 The Link Budget Calculator se an sin xui nus YR rale va pedo laque 7 8 Performance Monitoring hd ed 7 8 The Monitor PEE 7 8 Saving th Monitor g 7 8 Viewing Performance Reports iii 7 9 Performance Monitoring Report Toolbar 7 12 Setting Air Interface 7 12 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Releas
97. N RATE SITE CONFIGURATION DIALOG BOX 6 12 FIGURE 6 11 ETHERNET INFORMATION RATE THROUGHPUT SELECTION 6 12 FIGURE 6 12 INVENTORY WINDOW 6 13 FIGURE 6 13 AVAILABLE SECURITY FEATURES ccececeaceuceeeucaveuseueusauausaususauausaueusausanas 6 14 FIGURE 6 14 CHANGING THE COMMUNITY 6 15 FIGURE 6 15 ALTERNATIVE COMMUNITY DIALOG 6 16 FIGURE 6 16 ALIGNMENT TONE BUZZER 5 nnne nennen nean 6 18 FIGURE 6 17 EXTERNAL ALARMS CONFIGURATION sceseececeecaveuseeeucaueusaueusavausaueuseusanas 6 19 FIGURE 6 18 SITE CONFIGURATION RESET TO FACTORY DEFAULTS een 6 21 FIGURE 6 19 TELNET SESSION LOG ON 6 22 FIGURE 6 20 TELNET MANAGEMENT 6 24 FIGURE 7 1 GET DIAGNOSTICS DIALOG nenne 7 2 FIGURE 7 2 LOOPBACK CONFIGURATION BOX scececseceveuscueucaueusaueusaueuvaueusuesueaueuseuseeanes 7 4 FIGURE 7 3 LOOPBACK CONFIGURATION BOX WITH ONE SITE A PORT SELECTED 7 4 FIGURE 7 4 LOOPBACK OPTIONS cccssecsscucaueuseusueaueusausesaueueaueusuuseuaueusausesauausausesenenas 7 4 FIGURE 7 5 SITE A PORT 2 SET TO LOOPBACK cssececeescesecaueusaueueuueuvaueuseeeuvaueuseusesanes 7 5 FIGURE 7 6 LOCAL EXTERN
98. NK DETAILS vs cena do PY Suds 5 5 TABLE 5 4 LINK SITE DETAILS SITE AND SITEB ne 5 6 TABLE 5 5 STATUS BAR INDICATORS sceccececcecaueuseusuecuaueaususcueuvaueuseusevaueusausesauauvaueess 5 8 TABLE 5 6 LINK CONFIGURATION WIZARD ccceceececeecuueuseueueuuausaueuseueesaueuseusesauauvaneess 5 9 TABLE 6 1 ODU MODE CONFIGURATION FOR COMMON 5 6 10 TABLE 6 2 TELNET COMMANDS ccecceseucecceccueueuecseuvaueuseusuvaueaeeuseeaueauausauaueavausausess 6 22 TABLE 7 1 GET DIAGNOSTICS DATA AND DESCRIPTION 7 1 TABLE 7 2 LINK COMPATIBILITY TRAP 55 nnne nennen nnn 7 3 TABLE 7 3 EXPLANATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA 4 4 nnn nne nan 7 11 TABLE 7 4 ACTION OF THE TOOLBAR BUTTONS cccsscccaccuseuseeaueuseusueaueauauseeaueavausaueess 7 12 TABLE 7 5 RADWIN MANAGER TRAP MESSAGES ccececeaceeseesesaveuseueusaveusaususavausaueuss 7 15 TABLE 7 6 ACTIVE ALARMS COMMAND BUTTONS cccecececseveusceaueaueusuususauausaususavausaueess 7 18 TABLE 7 7 LED FAULT INDICATORS cccccceccsccceusuecseuuaueuseusuuaueaueuseeaueauausaueusavausaueess 7 19 TABLE 7 8 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING ssceceececeuccseueaueusuueeuaueuseuseeaueusausueaueavauseeness 7 20 TABLE 1 BILL OF MATERIALS ODU MOUNTING KIT nm
99. ODU ensuring that the cable is plugged into the PoE port marked P LAN OUT RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 1 The procedure Warning Appendix D 2 For connectorized ODUs screw the RF terminators into the two antenna ports A powered up ODU emits RF radiation from the antenna port or connected antenna When working with a powered up connectorized ODU always use RF terminators For an ODU with an integrated antenna ensure that the antenna is always directed away from other people 3 Connect the Poe device to AC power 4 Using a crossed LAN cable connect the LAN IN port of the PoE device to the Ethernet port of the managing computer The ODU will commence beeping at about once per second indicating correct operation 5 Launch the RADWIN Manager 6 At the log on window choose Local Connection RADWIN Manager rsion 8 2 01 Build 8263 IP Address Local Connection Password Figure D 1 Log on Window for Local Connection 7 Enter the default password admin After a few moments the RADWIN Manager main window appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 2 The procedure Appendix D RADWIN Manager 255 255 255 255 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x E onfiguration Installatior Site Location Site2 Configuratior Get Diagnostics fA gt Link Link g Location Site1 Site2 Link ID Radio Interface Services None Frequency GHz 5 82
100. ORD RECOVERY 4 19 FIGURE 4 14 CHANNEL SETTINGS AUTOMATIC CHANNEL SELECTION 4 20 FIGURE 4 15 CHANNEL SETTINGS SHOWING AVAILABLE INSTALLATION 4 21 FIGURE 4 16 TRANSMISSION POWER AND ANTENNA PARAMETERS 4 22 FIGURE 4 17 ANTENNA CONFIGURATION DIALOG cceceeccecesevecuausueaueueaueuseusevaueuseusavas 4 25 FIGURE 4 18 ANTENNA TYPE CHANGE nennen nean 4 25 FIGURE 4 19 ANTENNA PARAMETERS CHANGE 4 26 FIGURE 4 20 TX POWER LIMITS 4 26 FIGURE 4 21 ANTENNAS CONFIGURED FOR TWO DUAL AND TX POWER 5DBM 4 27 FIGURE 4 22 SERVICES AND RATES DIALOG ccececeueaueeceeeueaueuseueueauaueaueusauaueaveusevaueas 4 28 FIGURE 4 23 TDM TYPE SELECTION ccceccccaceucceeusaueusuueusaueusaususauausaususausuvaueuseunanas 4 28 FIGURE 4 24 TDM SERVICE PORT 5 nemen nnn nnn nnn 4 29 FIGURE 4 25 TDM SERVICE PORT SELECTION SEVEN SERVICES 4 29 FIGURE 4 26 SERVICES AND RATES SERVICES CHOSEN 4 30 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 FIGURE 4 27 SERVICES AND RATES DIALOG AVAILABLE RATES ececescececececevevevaeeeseneees 4
101. P Address and VLAN Configuring the ODU Address Each site must be configured separately For an over the air configuration first configure site then site so as to avoid lockout See appendix D for detailed instructions about the best way to do this on site gt To define the Management Addresses 1 Choose a site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Configuring VLAN Settings Chapter 6 Site Configuration File Actions Help 2 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off i Installation Mode System Management Q Air Interface Network Parameters VLAN t4 Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync 5 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Inventory Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 IP Address 192 168 1 101 R Security Trap Destination Date amp Time IP Address Advanced Ethernet 3X External Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 4 Management Addresses Site Configuration dialog box 5 Choose Management 6 Enter the IP address of the ODU in the IP Address field If performing configuration from the RADWIN Manager the IP address is that entered from the Login window 3 7 Enter the Subnet Mask 8 Enter the Default Gateway 9 Enter the Trap Destination This could be the IP address of the managing computer The events log will be stored at this address 10 Click Apply to save the changes Configuring VLAN Settings
102. RADWIN 2000 pau wy ulw The Wireless Choice vo y i gt CHOS e im Broadband Wireless Transmission User Manual Release 2 2 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Notice This manual contains information that is proprietary to RADWIN Ltd RADWIN hereafter No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever without prior written approval by RADWIN Right title and interest all information copyrights patents know how trade secrets and other intellectual property or other proprietary rights relating to this manual and to the RADWIN products and any software components contained therein are proprietary products of RADWIN protected under international copyright law and shall be and remain solely with RADWIN The RADWIN name is a registered trademark of RADWIN Ltd No right license or interest to such trademark is granted hereunder and you agree that no such right license or interest shall be asserted by you with respect to such trademark You shall not copy reverse compile or reverse assemble all or any portion of the User Manual or any other RADWIN documentation or products You are prohibited from and shall not directly or indirectly develop market distribute license or sell any product that supports substantially similar functionality based or derived in any way from RADWIN products Your undertaking in this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement Th
103. Seconds ES Errored The number of seconds in which there was at least Seconds one error block Note that the notation of an error block is different per interface The number of seconds in which the service quality SES Severe Errored was low the quality is different per type of Generic PM Data Seconds interface and determined by the BBER threshold per interface BBE Background The number of errored blocks in an interval Block Error A flag indicating that the data was valid Note that Integrity the Performance Monitoring data is not valid if not g all the values were stored e g due to clock changes within the interval or power up reset The maximum of the receive signal level Max Ral measured in dBm Min RSL The minimum of the receive signal level measured in dBm The maximum of the transmit signal level WaR TOL measured in dBm The minimum of the transmit signal level TS measured in dBm Additional Air Interface Data nci Threshold 1 The number of seconds in which the RSL was below the specified threshold The number of seconds in which the RSL was Rol below the specified threshold The number of seconds in which the RSL was TL Threshold above the specified threshold The number of seconds in which the Background BBER Threshold Block Error Ratio BBER exceeded the specified threshold RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 11
104. Select the installation frequency from the Installation Channel box Link Installation Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Installation Channel GHz 5 820 Channel Bandwidth MHz 5 780 Automatic Channel Selectids soa Available Channels List GHz 5 740 5 755 5 785 5 800 5 815 5 745 5 760 5 775 5 730 5 805 5 820 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 795 5 810 5 825 lt gt Select All Clear All Monitor Link Radio Interface 4 RSS dem zn zr Quality Figure 4 15 Channel Settings Showing avallable installation rates No Serv Ethernet Ethemet Serv Ethemet Ethernet TDM For version 2 2 earlier channel bandwidth is set to 20 MHz and cannot be changed 2 Click the check box if Automatic Channel Selection is required 3 The Available Channels List contains all of the allowable channels for the link Check the channels that can be automatically selected Selecting a new channel causes the system quality to change The Qual ity bar provides an indication of the link quality from No serv ice red to Ethernet TDM green as shown in the bottom of Figure 4 14 above 4 Click Next Installing the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings The Tx Power and Antenna Parameters dialog appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 21 General Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill
105. T ONLY FRONT PANEL eene nennen nnn 1 11 FIGURE 1 8 IDU C 16 E1 T1 PORTS FRONT PANEL eee nennen nennen n nnn nnn 1 11 FIGURE 1 9 POE DEVICE SHOWING THE RADIO ETHERNET 1 12 FIGURE 1 10 ODU WITH INTEGRATED FLAT PANEL 6 1 12 FIGURE 1 11 FLAT PANEL ANTENNA eene nan 1 13 FIGURE 1 12 EXTERNAL ANTENNAS PARABOLIC DISH 1 13 FIGURE 1 13 RADWIN MANAGER WINDOW ccccccecceeceeeeeeueuseeeueaueueaueueavaueaueusenaueas 1 14 FIGURE 1 14 SITE CONFIGURATION WINDOW WITH OPEN MANAGEMENT 1 19 FIGURE 3 1 ODU MOUNTING 3 3 FIGURE 3 2 CONNECTORIZED ODU FRONT AND REAR VIEWS 3 3 FIGURE 3 3 INTEGRATED ODU FRONT AND REAR 3 4 FIGURE 3 4 IDU C PACKAGE CONTENTS THE IDU C ETHERNET ONLY 3 4 FIGURE 3 5 IDU C PACKAGE CONTENTS THE IDU C 16 E1 T1 PORTS 3 4 FIGURE 3 6 IDU C PACKAGE CONTENTS THE MOUNTING KIT AND DC POWER PLUGS 3 5 FIGURE 3 7 TYPICAL INSTALLATION DIAGRAM WITH EXTERNAL ANTENNA 3 6 FIGURE 3 8 IDU C FRONT nemen ai dai
106. TDM service winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 2 Integer RO Represents the TDM service availability winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesMinRatel dx 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 3 Integer RO Minimum rate index of the air interface which make the service possible winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesMaxRatel dx 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 4 Integer RO Maximum rate index of the air interface which make the service possible winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesReason 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 5 Integer RO Information about the TDM Service availability Not Applicable if the service is available The reasons for TDM Service unavailability The available throughput isn t sufficient for Service demands The IDU HW doesn t support the service A Link Password mismatch was detected The external pulse type detected is improper for TDM services A Software versions mismatch was detected RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 16 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 13 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000IduSrvEthActive 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 12 Integer RO Represents the Ethernet service activation state winlink1000lduSrvEthAvailable 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 13 Integer RO Repre
107. The Procedure is ie aves reliant D 1 Appendix E Changing the FactoryDefault Band Why this 15 Needed e Car eee Pd devi k ra n E co Fera E 1 VE UR E 1 The PROCESS m E 1 Changing Band for DES x vce adn Rara e x rd uir t tg ovt E 5 Special Products or Features Entering a License E 5 Appendix F Software Upgrade What is the Software Upgrade Utility F 1 Upgrading an Installed Minka uiae n s Nan nat F 1 Part 3 Technical Information RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Appendix G Technical Specifications 55 18 de nette tree tea ent nee G 1 ConfIQur bloli ide Le Lr ON G 2 eir dx esi tra x d xa cad G 2 Ethernet Interface ise inb cr co der pelo pere Rep G 3 Management ev svassccrcadecedevecavcssncssecededevevetecsedesesevauarevesdtvadeceuavevergverdetes s G 3 ERES G 3 ido G 3 ENVIRON I io RN TTC T OQ I T II G 3 Safeby RE PE use as ete vota idis G 4 ijo EE ER G 4 Appendix H Wiring Specifications CBU FTO Ca cc H 1 User Port Connector H 1 LAN POM PR T rmm H 1 Trunk Ports EI T1 RJ45 Connector eene nennen nenne nnne nenne renn
108. U mode set the Ethernet ports configuration set the external alarm inputs restore factory settings Functions at the top of the dialog box Backup Save the current configuration to an ini file Restore Restore the link configuration from the ini file created by the backup Installation Return to Installation Mode for the entire link Mode Selecting the Mute check box before clicking the Install Mode button mutes the Beeper RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 2 Viewing Air Interface Details Chapter 6 Buzzer Mutes the alignment tone in installation mode Reactivate the beeper during alignment gt To edit the Configuration Parameters 1 Click the required site button on the main tool bar of the RADWIN Man ager OR Click Configuration from the main menu and choose a site to config ure The Configuration dialog box opens see figure 6 1 above 2 Choose the appropriate item in the left hand list to open a dialog box 3 Click Apply to save changes In subsequent instructions we will simply say Choose a site to configure on the understanding that the foregoing procedure is implied Viewing Air Interface Details Click the Air Interface item in the left hand list A window similar to the fol lowing appears Site Configuration File Actions Help B e Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off System Air Interface Tx Power amp Ant Link ID Installation Mode 23 Hub Site Sync In
109. UPPRESSOR AND C 4 FIGURE C 5 TRANSTECTOR S SURGE C 5 FIGURE C 6 SURGE SUPPRESSOR AND GROUNDING AT BUILDING ENTRY C 7 FIGURE D 1 LOG ON WINDOW FOR LOCAL CONNECTION nne nemen nnn D 2 FIGURE D 2 OPENING RADWIN MANAGER WINDOW PRIOR TO D 3 FIGURE D 3 CONFIGURATION DIALOG BOX eese nennen nene nin nnn D 4 FIGURE D 4 MANAGEMENT ADDRESSES SITE CONFIGURATION DIALOG D 4 FIGURE D 5 ODU WITH ADDRESSING CONFIGURED lt nnne nnn nnn D 5 FIGURE D 6 CONFIRMATION OF IP ADDRESS D 5 FIGURE D 7 MAIN WINDOW AFTER IP ADDRESS CHANGE D 6 FIGURE 1 BECOMING INSTALLER einen nnne 2 FIGURE E 2 OPENING RADWIN MANAGER WINDOW PRIOR TO BAND E 3 FIGURE E 3 CHANGE BAND DIALOG cececcseuceeseceueueausueeecceaueaueuseuauecuaususeusavaueuveusanas E 3 FIGURE E 4 A DIFFERENT BAND SELECTED ceccececeuecueueuecueuvaueuseuseeauecuaususaueuvaueuveusanas E 4 FIGURE E 5 CHANGE BAND CONFIRMATION cseesecseccuaueeveusueaueaueusueeusauausueneeavauegu
110. W 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 IDU A Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dem Figure 4 30 Services and TDM delay set link ready for evaluation RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 33 Installing the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration Chapter 4 3 You may make any further changes to the Service Configuration or the Jitter buffer When you are satisfied click the Evaluate The optimum transmission rate for the selected services is evaluated Following a short delay for processing Back and Next are enabled 4 Click Next to continue The transmission rates used by RADWIN 2000 shown table 4 10 above Note Installing the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration The following dialog is displayed Link Installation Wizard TDM Parameters Configure the TDM Parameters below TX Clock 1 3 5 7 3 11 13 15 Select Maximum LJ LL 3 LJ Deselect All 2 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 Master Clock i independent Clock Per Port Supported Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 31 TDM Parameters Configuration 1 gt To configure TDM clock parameters 1 For any individual port click it For the same parameters for all ports click the Select All tag Select Maximum will select the maximum number of services that S can be carried by the air interface Note Select All unconditional
111. a corporation the choice of the local and remote is just a matter of convenience A link then consists of two sites In Broadband Wireless terminology the local and remote sites are some times referred to as near and far HQ and remote and so on The site which is closer to the network core often the local site will be referred to as site A and the opposite side of the link usually closer to the end user as site This choice is application neutral and will be used throughout the manual both to describe the sites and their names as in the examples The link is configured and managed using a PC the managing computer connected to site A The precise requirements for the managing computer are set out on page 4 1 We will occaissionally need to distinguish between the site to which the managing computer is connected and the second site when they are not necessarily A or B The former will be called the managing site and the latter the over the air site Which is which is always determined by the location of the managing computer RADWIN 2000 supports three connection methods for the managing com puter RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 16 Conventions Used in this Manual Chapter 1 Local a direct peer to peer connection between the Ethernet ports on the managing computer and the IDU or PoE device Local con nection is always read write Network the managing computer and the site
112. address settings 5 Click Yes to continue Please Wait Site will be reset After a few moments the site will be reset and you will need to log on to it to re install the link IDU Detection An ODU always tries to detect the IDU to which it is connected IDU Detec tion is effected by an IDU responding to special ODU packets RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 21 Configuration with Telnet Chapter 6 If a POE device is in use the detection packets spread to the containing net work and may cause flooding In such a case the IDU Detection feature figure 6 18 should be disabled To disable IDU Detection Mode just toggle the check box in figure 6 18 Configuration with Telnet A Telnet terminal can be used to configure and monitor the RADWIN 2000 To start a Telnet session use telnet lt ODU_IP gt For example if you run Telnet as follows telnet 192 168 1 101 you will be asked for a user name and password The Telnet log on user name is the password that you used to enter the RADWIN Manager for example the default admin The Telnet password is the corresponding Community string default metman Telnet 192 168 1 101 login admin Password Hello admin welcome to ODU Management CLI admin 192 168 1 1 1 gt Type help for help 2192 168 1 101 gt Figure 6 19 Telnet session log on A Read Only Community string allows display only whereas a Read Write Community
113. ailable Services 16xE1 Ethernet Select 7 Clear All Selected 7 Remaining 9 Figure 4 25 TDM Service port selection seven services selected 4 Click OK You are returned to the Services and rates dialog of figure 4 22 It is updated to reflect your choice RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 29 Modulation Rate Selection Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TOM Services 7xE1 Ethernet Chapter 4 a Rate Mbps Distance 10 Miles IDU Product RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 Monitor Link B RW 7216 2000 3 2 2 05_b3028 Feb 5 2009 Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 26 Services and Rates Services chosen The selected ports will be enabled for both sides of the link You gt cannot for example use ports 1 3 5 7 on one side and 2 4 6 8 Note on the other Modulation Rate Selection You may choose a specific modulation rate or use Adaptive RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 30 Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TOM Jitter Buffer Services 7xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive Distance IDU B Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 52009 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 Cancel Monitor Link
114. ailable Telnet commands using the help command admin 192 168 1 101 gt Type help for help admin 192 168 1 101 gt help display inventory display management display link display ethernet display tdm display ntp display PM interface AIR LAN1 LAN2 TDM1 TDM2 TDM3 TDM15 TDM16 gt lt interval current day month gt set ip lt ipaddr gt lt subnetMask gt lt gateway gt set trap lt index 1 10 gt lt ipaddr gt lt port 1 65535 gt set readpw lt writePasswd gt lt newPasswd gt set writepw lt writePasswd gt lt newPasswd gt set trappw lt writePasswd gt lt newPasswd gt set buzzer lt mode 0 OFF 1 ON gt set lt power Value between minimal TX power and maximal TX power gt set bridge lt mode 0 Bridging OFF 1 Bridging ON gt set name lt new name gt set location lt new location gt set contact lt new contact gt set ethernet port MNG LAN1 LAN2 gt lt mode AUTO 10H 10F 100H 100F DISABLE gt reboot help Command help finished OK Figure 6 20 Telnet Management window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 24 Chapter 7 Monitoring and Diagnostics The RADWIN Manager application enables you to monitor the link as well as perform diagnostic operations such as loopback tests This chapter covers Retrieving link information Link compatibility issues Reinstalling and realigning a link Performance monitoring Troubleshooting Replacing an ODU Restoring to factory
115. ain dBi Tx Power per radio dBm Tx Power system dBm EIRP dBm 36 36 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 10 Transmission Power and Antenna Parameters If you chose to configure either antenna you are presented with the follow ing window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 15 Configuring the Link Step 5 Services Chapter 5 Tx Power and Antenna configuration A Antenna Type Required Tx Power per radio Tx Power per radio Tx Power system Antenna Gain Cable Loss Max EIRP EIRP Figure 5 11 Antenna configuration dialog with opened type selection Recall that we are using an unrealistically low Tx power here because our link in a laboratory So far the procedure duplicates the corresponding Installation process If you choose a different antenna type and click OK you will receive the fol lowing cautionary message Tx Power and Antenna configuration A i You are about to change the following parameters Antenna Type this will cause the system to enter into Installation mode Do you want to proceed with the operation In this context entering Installation mode causes a service break until it is restored by running the Installation wizard Caution If you are uncertain do not do this without expert technical assistance You may also change the Required Tx Power Antenna Gain and Cable Loss The procedure is the same as that set out in
116. amp Time Lock the Link Advanced 34 Ethernet 2X External Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 13 Available security features Changing the Link Password This item is only available when the link is down Otherwise it works the same way as the corresponding item on page 4 19 RADWIN Manager Community Strings The ODU communicates with the application using SNMPv1 protocol The protocol defines three types of communities Read Only for retrieving information from the ODU e Read Write to configure and control the ODU Trap used by the ODU to issue traps The Community string must be entered at log on The user must know the password and the correct Community string to gain access to the system A user may have read only privileges It is not possible to manage the ODU if the read write or the read Commu nity values are forgotten A new Community value may be obtained from RADWIN Customer Support for the purpose of setting new Community the serial number or the MAC address of the ODU must be supplied The read write Community strings and read only Community strings have a minimum of five alphanumeric characters 1 and bru4097 are not per mitted Changing the trap Community is optional and is done by clicking the check box Editing Community Strings The Community change dialog box is available from the Configuration Security tab Both read write and read only communities must be define
117. and AirChannelsAvail enabled Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000OduAirChannelsDefaultFreq 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 5 Integer RO Default channel s availability for all CBWs The valid values are forbidden 0 available 1 winlink1000OduAirDfsState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 19 Integer RO Radar detection state Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000OduAirAutoChannelSelection 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 20 Integer RO Deprecated parameter Indicating Automatic State Channel Selection availability at current channel bandwidth Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000OduAirEnableTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 21 Integer RO Indicating Transmit power configuration enabled or disabled winlink1000OduAirMinTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 22 Integer RO Minimum Transmit power in dBm winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerTable N A Table of Maximum transmit power per air rate in dBm winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerEntry N A Maximum Transmit power table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerlndex winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPowerlndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 23 1 1 Integer RO Air interface rate index winlink1000OduAirMaxTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 23 1 2 Integer RO Maximum Transmit power in dBm winlink1000OduAirChannelBandwidth 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 24 Integer RW Channel bandwidth in KHz A change is effective after reset winlink1000OduAirChannelBWTable N A Channel Bandwidths table winl
118. and procedures for the hardware installation and alignment of a RADWIN 2000 link in accordance with the prior planning as set out in chapter 2 It is intended to guide qualified field technicians Outdoor units and antennas should be installed ONLY by experienced installation professionals who are familiar with local building and safety codes and wherever applicable are licensed by the appropriate government regulatory authorities Failure to do so may expose the end Warning User or the service provider to legal and financial liabilities RADWIN and its resellers or distributors are not liable for injury damage or violation of regulations associated with the installation of outdoor units or antennas Safety Practices Preventing overexposure to RF energy To protect against overexposure to RF energy install the ODUs so as to pro vide and maintain minimal separation distances from all persons When the system is operational avoid standing directly in front of the antenna Strong RF fields are present when the transmitter is on The ODU must not be deployed in a location where it is possible for people to stand or walk inadvertently in front of the antenna Grounding All RADWIN products should be grounded during operation In addition e The ODU should be earthed by a wire with diameter of at least 12AWG The RADWIN 2000 ODU must be properly grounded to protect against lightning It is the user s responsibility to install the equ
119. aphical conventions General Where a term is defined or introduced for the first time it is shown in Bold face You will have noticed this usage in the Terminology section above Software The RADWIN Manager is a Microsoft Windows application following the user interface conventions of familiar Microsoft Windows programs We would describe the chain of menu commands indicated in the following screen shot like this Tools Active Alarms 1 A using Boldface for the menu labels and vertical bars to separate them Similarly mouse click items will be referred to like this Click Next to continue ager 192 168 1 101 Operator Maintenance Help Performance Monitoring Report io Active Alarms 4 Recent Events 2 B l Software Upgrade Events Log ication 0 Drefereancec aa mouse click always uses the left mouse button unless stated otherwise Windows Terminology Look at figure 1 13 above The main application display which you see con sists of a frame window with a menu bar system icons and content It will be referred to as a window the main window or the Manager window depending on context The top line of icons is the tool bar and provides part of the menu bar functionality with a mouse click At the bottom of the window is the status bar a line of icons and text boxes The central part of the main window consists of several panes On the right
120. ar RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 5 Special Products or Features Entering a License Key Appendix E 5 Configuration Location File Actions Help 2 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off ion Mode System Operations E 1 X Factory Seti Air Interface EE Restore to Factory Default Settings will bring down the connection 4 Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync Site Configuration dialog box will be closed T5 Management Inventory R Security Date amp Time o Advanced Ethernet IDU Detection Mode v Enabled License Key 3X External Alarms L Operations OK Cancel Figure E 7 Using the Operations window to enter a license key 3 Enter your license key and click Activate 4 When it is accepted click Cancel License keys where appropriate are obtainable from RADWIN Customer Support Note RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 6 Appendix F Software Upgrade What is the Software Upgrade Utility The RADWIN Manager provides a Software Upgrade Utility SWU to upgrade the software firmware of installed ODUs in a network The update files may be located anywhere accessible by the operator The SWU provides for prior backup of the current files prior to upgrade The default location of the software files is in the installation area and can be used to restore factory defaults Upgrading an Installed Link gt To upgrade
121. at panel antenna with a gain of 16dBi and 16 beam width The radio and the antenna are housed in a weatherproof case as a single unit Figure 1 10 ODU with integrated Flat Panel antenna RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 12 RADWIN Manager Chapter 1 External antennas are available for the RADWIN 2000 radios varying in operating frequencies form factor size and gain dual or single polarization Flat Panel Antennas The Flat Panel antenna shown in figure 1 11 below can be used either as an integrated or external antenna 5 150 4 940 2 300 5 875 GHz 4 990 GHz 2 485 GHz 4 940 5 800 GHz 19 dBi 16 dBi H V 8 H V 16 1 2 x 1 2 ft 371x371 mm Figure 1 11 Flat Panel Antenna Parabolic Dish Antennas 5 250 6 000 GHz 28 dBi 2 ft 620 mm H V 5 6 Figure 1 12 External Antennas Parabolic Dish See the RADWIN products catalog for RADWIN offering of external anten nas External antennas are also available from authorized antenna vendors RADWIN Manager The RADWIN Manager is an SNMP based management application which manages a complete link over a single IP address It can also manage each side of the link separately The RADWIN Manager application facilitates installation and configuration of the link between the ODU units The intuitive easy to use RADWIN Man ager has a graphical Microsoft Windows interface and can be
122. ate results Community String To control a link all SNMP requests should go to the local site IP address See table 4 4 for default Community strings Private MIB Structure The sections in the private RADWIN MIB and its location in the MIB tree are shown in figure J 1 below RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 2 MIB Parameters Appendix J 25 private enterprises B radwin radwinProducts E E winlink1000 winlinki0000du winlinki0000du dmin winlinki0000duService C3 winlinki0000duEthernet winlink10000duBridge winlink10000OduAir winlink10000duPerfMon winlink10000du gent winlink10001du winlink10001duAdmin winlink10001duService winlinki0001duEthernet winlinki0001duBridge 6 winlinki0001duTdm C3 winlink1000General F Figure 2 1 Top Level Sections of the private MIB The products MIB section contains the definition of the Object IDs for the two form factors of the ODU Integrated Antenna and Connectorized referred in the MIB as external antenna 25 radwin radwinProducts winlinkt ODOFamily radwin2000Family odu2000 odu2kintegrated ntenna 7 oduzKExternal ntenna winlink1000 The ODU MIB contains the sections Admin Service Ethernet Bridge Air PerfMon and Agent The IDU MIB contains the sections Admin Servi
123. ation The value must be between the minimum and the maximum TDM Jitter Buffer Size The units are 0 1 x millisecond RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 18 MIB Traps Table J 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 15 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000IlduTdmType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 18 Integer RW TDM Type The value undefined is read only winlink1000IduTdmTypeEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 19 Integer RW Type for evaluation winlink1000IlduTdmLineStatusStr 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 20 DisplayString RO Line status winlink1000lduTdmHotStandbySupport 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 21 Integer RO Indicates if Hot Standby is supported winlink1000IduTdmDesiredHotStandbyM 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 22 Integer RW Desired Hot Standby Mode ode winlink1000IduTdmHotStandbyOperation 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 23 Integer RO The Link Actual Status Status winlink1000GeneralTrapDescription 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 1 DisplayString RO Trap s Description Used for Trap parameters winlink1000GeneralTrapSeverity 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 2 Integer RO Trap s Severity Used for Trap parameters winlink1000GeneralCookie 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 3 DisplayString RW Reserved for the Manager application provided with the product used for saving user preferences affecting ODU operation winlink1000GeneralEcChangesCounter 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 100 4 Integer RO
124. ations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment It is the responsibility of the installer to ensure that when using the outdoor antenna kits in the United States or where FCC rules apply only those antennas certified with the product are used The use of any antenna other Warning than those certified with the product is expressly forbidden in accordance to FCC rules CFR47 part 15 204 Outdoor units and antennas should be installed ONLY by experienced installation professionals who are familiar with local building and safety codes and wherever applicable are licensed by the appropriate government regulatory authorities Failure to do so may void the product 4 warranty and may expose the end user or
125. bility Trap Messages Software fullCompatibility Active Upgrade Yellow Green Available isi Software Magenta Same restrictedCompatibility Version Upgrade Yellow as authentication Recommended error mismatch 2 Sofuar softwareUpgradeRequired Upgrade Yellow Brown Major pgre Required Required Local Software versionsIncompatibility Upgrade Yellow Red Upgrade Required Required Loopbacks Internal and external loopbacks on both sites of a link are used to test the TDM connections gt To activate loopback 1 From the Maintenance menu choose Loopbacks or right click the TDM display in the main window The Loopbacks dialog box appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 3 TDM Loopbacks Chapter 7 Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All B 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 1 15 2 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Figure 7 2 Loopback configuration box 2 From the active ports click those required for loopback activation The selected port icons change color to light blue as in the following exam ple Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All 7 9 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 15 4 a 10 12 14 16 a 12 14 16 2 OK Cancel Figure 7 3 Loopback configuration bo
126. bleIDUs 10 major Indicates that the IDUs are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Incompatible IDUs incompatibleOduldu 11 major Indicates that the ODU and IDU are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description The IDU could not be loaded The reason is s s Is the incompatibility type probingChannel 12 normal Indicates that the ODU is monitoring radar activity Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Monitoring for radar activity on channel n GHz n is the channel frequency in GHz radarDetected 13 normal Indicates that radar activity was detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Radar activity was detected in s on channel n GHz s Is the site name n Is the channel frequency in GHz transmittingOnChannel 14 normal Indicates that the ODU is transmitting on channel Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Transmitting on channel n GHz n Is the channel frequency in GHz scanningChannels 15 normal Indicates that the ODU is scanning channels Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Channel scanning in progress incompatiblePartner 16 critical Indicates that configuration problem was detected and that link installation is required in order to
127. can also decrease the jitter buffer to decrease the sys tem delay e The jitter buffer can be configured between 2 0 and 16 0 ms e After setting the new value you must evaluate the expected quality During the evaluation the TBFR TDM Block Failure Ratio bar is displayed You select either Next which per forms the change or Back to cancel the change Notice that the Jitter Buffer is configured per site RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 32 Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TOM Jitter Buffer Services 7xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive Distance 10 Miles Service has been evaluated Click Next to continue IDU Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 52009 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm lt 1 0 X 10E 9 TBFR Evaluation Figure 4 29 TDM Jitter Buffer Configuration TBFR evaluation bar 2 After setting the jitter buffer size if grayed out the Evaluate button is enabled while both Back and Next are disabled as shown in the next figure Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate EE Service Configuration Jitter Buffer B Size ms 52 Size ms 60 A Warning Changing TOM Jitter Buffer size will affect the TDM delay B Product R
128. cation 7 19 Manager Software Dying Gasp circuit 7 19 Change log on password 4 8 Troubleshooting 7 19 Events Log 5 8 Installation 4 9 Installing 4 1 ODU Main window 5 1 Mast and Wall 1 Details pane 5 5 Step 1 Start Wizard 4 17 Main menu 5 3 Step 2 System Parameters 4 17 Toolbar 5 2 Step 3 Channel Settings 4 20 main window 4 6 Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings Monitor pane 5 6 4 21 Ethernet Service Background 4 22 5 6 Step 5 Services 4 27 Radio Interface 5 6 Step 6 Summary and Exit 4 36 Radio signal strength 5 6 Link ID 4 11 4 18 6 22 7 19 7 20 7 20 Off line functionality 4 7 Login 4 3 Status Bar 5 8 Login Errors Manual Incorrect IP Address 4 7 Chapters by Audience Incorrect password 4 7 Conventions Unsupported Device 4 6 Terminology Login showing Community Options 4 4 4 5 Manager Software 4 2 About 1 1 4 18 Community String 1 2 Password 1 6 7 20 Interface API 1 1 changing 4 19 Parameters J 3 Post Configuration main window 5 20 Private J 2 Post Installation main window 4 37 Private Parameters 1 5 Site names 4 18 Reference J 1 Link Budget Calculator see LBC 7 8 SFP 1 17 Link ID 4 11 4 18 6 22 7 19 7 20 7 20 Supported Variables from the 1213 J 4 Link Site TDM J 3 Planning 2 1 Terminology J 1 Survey 2 1 Traps J 19 Stage 1 Preliminary Survey 2 2 Stage 2 Physical Survey 2 3 Additional Indoor Site Requirements 1 8 2 4 Available products 1 11 Additional Outdoor Site Requirements
129. ccccecceccseceeueuecueusaueussusuuaueauausueaueauauseusueavausauses 1 15 TABLE 3 1 COMPONENTS OF AN IDU C FRONT nennen nnn nnn 3 9 TABLE 3 2 IDU C FRONT PANEL LEDS eene nnne nennen nnn 3 10 TABLE 4 1 PC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE RADWIN MANAGER APPLICATION 4 1 TABLE 4 2 USER TYPES DEFAULT PASSWORDS AND FUNCTION 4 5 TABLE 4 3 RADWIN MANAGER OFFLINE FUNCTIONALITY 4 8 TABEE 4 4 DEFAULT SETTINGS x iic ch od cu vk vex vox d eod eb e veo vox ds 4 11 TABLE 4 5 IDU C FRONT PANEL LEDS nnne 4 12 TABLE 4 6 RADWIN MANAGER MAIN MENU FUNCTIONALITY eene nnne 4 13 TABLE 4 7 RADWIN MANAGER TOOLBAR cccsecceceeceeaueaveusueaueaueusuueusauausuususavaueaueess 4 14 TABLE 4 8 LINK INSTALLATION WIZARD ccccceccceuceucusaueuseusueaueaueusueaueauauseueusauausauenss 4 16 TABLE 4 9 MIMO AIR RATE AND TX POWER AVAILABILIT 4 23 TABLE 4 10 RADWIN 2000 AIR nennen nnn nnn 4 23 TABLE 5 1 RADWIN MANAGER TOOLBAR nennen nemen 5 3 TABLE 5 2 RADWIN MANAGER MAIN MENU FUNCTIONALITY eee 5 3 TABLE 573 LI
130. ccessible IDU ODU It is primarily for setting managing computer related parameters running the Link Budget Calculator or viewing online Help The offline functionality is shown in table 4 3 below The table does not show menu items grayed out RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 7 Changing the Log On Password Chapter 4 Table 4 3 RADWIN Manager Offline Functionality Return to log on dialog Same as Log Off Log Off button File Exit Exit the RADWIN Manager Same as Exit button Software Upgrades the ODU firmware in Upgrade selected links PP Change Change the log on password page 4 8 Password Tools Clear Events Clear local events log Events Log page 7 13 Sa veto Save events log data to a file File Preferences Set managing computer preferences RADWIN View online help version of the User Manager Help Link Budget Calculator opened in default appendix Calculator browser Help Get Diagnostics Obtain system information page 7 1 Information About RADWIN RADWIN Manager build information Manager Changing the Log On Password gt To change the log on password 1 From the Tools menu select Change Password The Change Password dialog box appears 2 Enter the current password and the new password 3 Click OK to confirm RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 8 Installing the Link First steps Chapter 4 Installing the Link First steps
131. ce Ethernet Bridge and TDM The general MIB include a single generic parameter that is used by all traps as a trap description parameter MIB Parameters The following section describes all of the MIB parameters The MIB parame ters follow the following naming convention winlink1000 Section 1 Section n Parameter Name RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 3 Supported Variables from the RFC 1213 MIB Table 2 1 Supported RFC 1213 Variables Sheet 1 of 2 Appendix J For each of the configuration and control parameters parameters with read write access the Description column describes when the new value is effective It is recommended that you perform the appropriate action to make the values affective immediately after any change Where a change is required on both sides of the link it is recommended that you change both sides of the link first and then perform the action Supported Variables from the RFC 1213 MIB Name OID Type Description iflndex 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 x Integer O ssa99y R A unique value for each interface lts value ranges between 1 and the value of ifNumber The value for each interface must remain constant at least from one re initialization of the entity s network management system to the next re initialization ifDescr 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 DisplayString RO A textual string containing information about the interface This string should
132. ch of its sides Connecting power to the IDU The IDU C has redundant power connection circuits items G and H in figure 3 8 above An enlarged schematic of the power connectors is shown in below 20 60VDC 2 5 CEES SECONDARY Figure 3 11 DU C Power connectors The connectors are 3 pin in line female with polarities left to right minus ground plus To avoid damage to the IDU always use an AC DC adapter supplied by RADWIN Ensure that the IDUs at both sites are powered up RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 11 Connecting the ODU to the IDU Chapter 3 Connecting the ODU to the IDU The ODU IDU cable conducts all the user traffic between the IDU and the ODU and also provides power to the ODU The maximum length of the ODU IDU cable is 100m 328 in accordance with 10 100BaseT standards The ODU IDU cable is supplied pre assembled with RJ 45 connectors at the length specified when ordering or as a cable drum with spare connectors If the ODU IDU cable was not ordered use an outdoor class CAT 5e 24AWG shielded cable See appendix H for Wiring Specifications To connect the ODU to the IDU route the cable from the ODU to the IDU secure the cable along its path and connect the cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector on the IDU see item B in figure 3 8 above Installing a Link using PoE Devices The PoE device is a very simple unit having a power input connector and two Ethernet ports It is AC powered and has a p
133. changed for integrated antenna Required Fade Margin Rate and Adaptive check box Service Type Required Range Link Budget Calculator Internal Data For each product or Regulation and Band the calculator stores the follow ing data required for link budget calculations Maximum Transmit power per modulation Receiver Sensitivity per modulation for Ethernet service and for TDM services at various BER Maximum linear input power used to calculate minimum distance RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 1 Calculations Appendix B e Antenna gain and cable loss for ODU with integrated antenna e Available Channel Bandwidths Calculations EIRP EIRP TxPower AntennaGaing 4 CableLosssi Expected RSS and Fade Margin ExpectedRSS EIRP PathLoss AntennaGains 8 CableLosss p where Site A is the transmitting site Site B is the receiving site PathLoss is calculated according to the free space model PathLoss 32 45 20 x log frequencyyp 20 x log RequiredRangex ExpectedFadeMargin Sensitivity ExpectedRSS where Sensitivity is dependent on air rate Min and Max Range MinRange is the shortest range for which ExpectedRSS lt MaxInputPower per air rate MaxRange with Adaptive checked is the largest range for which ExpectedRSS Sensitivity at the highest air rate for which this relation ship is true In a link with adaptive rate this will be the actual behavior MaxRange fo
134. cordance to table H 6 Table H 6 Uplink Ethernet Connector Pinout BI_DA Transmit Data BI_DA Receive Data BI_DB Transmit Data BI_DC Transmit Data BI_DC Receive Data BI_DB Receive Data BI_DD Transmit Data Orn a V N BI DD Receive Data support power This is applies to the Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 port as shown in 10 100 1000baseT ports support 1000bps using four pairs hence cannot Note table H 6 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Version 2 2 H 4 Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 Port Connectors DC Power Terminal Table H 7 Terminal Block 3 pin 48VDC t Right Chassis Center Left RADWIN 2000 User Manual Version 2 2 Appendix H Appendix Small Form factor Pluggable Transceiver RADWIN 2000 IDU C SFP Support The Small Form factor Pluggable SFP transceiver is a compact hot plug gable transceiver used in communications applications The SFP transceiver technology allows almost any protocol converter imple mentation with seamless integration to a standard Ethernet switch The RADWIN 2000 IDU C supports SFP transceivers to provide and support several network applications Any standard Fast Ethernet FE SFP transceiver can be plugged into the IDU C These SFPs support various Ethernet interfaces For example a fibre optic interface can be used to support long fibre distances In addition System on S
135. cription 1 Description Management port status changed to disconnected externalAlarmInPort3Alarm 112 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 3 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 3 User Text Alarm externalAlarmInPort4Alarm 113 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 4 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 4 User Text Alarm swVersionsMismatchFullCompatibilityAlarm 114 warning The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with full link functionality Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software versions mismatch full link functionality RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 21 Trap Parameters Table 7 3 MIB Traps Sheet 3 of 4 Appendix J Name Severity Description swVersionsMismatchRestrictedCompatibilityAlarm 115 minor The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch with restricted link functionality Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software versions mismatch restricted link functionality swVersionsMismatchSoftwareUpgradeRequired 116 major The trap is sent if SW versions mismatch and SW upgrade is required Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Descr
136. d On logging on for the first time use the following as the current Commu nity RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 14 RADWIN Manager Community Strings Chapter 6 e For Read Write Community use netman For Read Only Community use public e For Trap Community use public gt To change a Community string 1 From the Configuration dialog box choose the Security tab 2 Type the current read write Community default is netman 3 Choose the communities to be changed by clicking the check box 4 Type the new Community string and re type to confirm 5 Click OK to save Change Community Enter current Read Write Community Read Write Community New Confirm Read Only Community New Confirm Trap Community New Confirm Hide characters Forgot Community Figure 6 14 Changing the Community String Forgotten Community string If the read write Community string is unknown an alternative Community key can be used The alternative Community key is unique per ODU and can be used only to change the Community strings The alternative Community key is supplied with the product and should be kept in a safe place If both the read write Community and the alternative Community key are unavailable then an alternative Community key can be obtained from RAD WIN Customer Support using the ODU serial number or MAC address The serial number is located on the p
137. d in front of a live antenna RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 7 Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices Chapter 3 gt To mount an external antenna 1 To mount an external antenna ensure that the antenna is properly grounded and then mount the antenna onto the pole Refer to appendix A for detailed antenna mounting instructions 2 Follow the mounting instructions supplied with the antenna Mounting the Lightning Protection Devices The use of lightning protection is dependent on regulatory and end user requirements The RADWIN 2000 ODU is designed with surge limiting cir cuits to minimize the risk of damage due to lightning strikes RADWIN rec ommends the use of additional surge arrestor devices to protect the equipment from nearby lightning strikes Refer to appendix C for detailed installation instructions of lightning protec tion devices Outdoor Connections gt To complete the outdoor connections 1 Connect the ground cable to the ODU chassis as marked on the ODU 2 Connect the antenna cable s to the ODU 3 Connect the lightning protection device to the ODU see appendix C 4 Attach the ODU IDU cable to the ODU RJ 45 connector see appendix H for the connector pinout Screw in the cable glands to ensure hermetic sealing of the ODU 6 Secure the cables to the pole mast or brackets using UV rated cable ties Indoor Installation Mounting the IDUs The RADWIN 2000 IDUs are all rack mou
138. duAdmBroadcast 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 Integer RW This parameter is reserved for the Manager application provided with the product winlink1000OduAdmHostsTable N A Trap destinations table Each trap destination is defined by an IP address and a UDP port Up to 10 addresses can be configured winlink1000OduAdmHostsEntry N A Trap destinations table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAdmHostsIndex winlink1000OduAdmHostsIndex RO Trap destinations table index winlink1000OduAdmHostslp 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 12 1 2 IpAddress RW Trap destination IP address A change is effective immediately winlink1000OduAdmHostsPort 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 12 1 3 Integer RW UDP port of the trap destination A change is effective immediately winlink1000OduBuzzerAdminState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 Integer RW This parameter controls the activation of the buzzer while the unit is in install mode A change is effective immediately The valid values are disabled 0 enabledAuto 1 enabledConstantly 2 winlink1000OduProductld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 DisplayString RO This parameter is reserved for the Manager application provided with the product RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 5 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 2 of 15 Appendix J
139. duPerfMonEthCurrRxMByte 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 1 Gauge RO Current RX Mega Bytes starting from the present S 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrTxMByte 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 7 1 2 Gauge RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes starting from the S present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonEthlIntervalEntry N A This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonEthlIntervalldx winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalldx RO This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalRXMB RO Current RX Mega Bytes per interval ytes winlink1000OduPerfMonEthIntervalTxXMB RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes per interval ytes winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayEntry N A This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayldx winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayldx RO This table is indexed per Day number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayRxMByte RO Current RX Mega Bytes per day s winlink1000OduPerfMonEthDayTxMByte RO Current Transmit Mega Bytes per day S winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interva
140. dual yes dual dual dual single no single dual at Site A single single no single single The air rates used in this mode are same as when using single antennas in both sites The rates used by RADWIN 2000 are shown in table 4 10 below Table 4 10 RADWIN 2000 Air rates Single BPSK 1 2 6 5 Single QPSK 1 2 13 Single QPSK 3 4 19 5 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 23 Considerations for Changing Antenna Parameters Chapter 4 Table 4 10 RADWIN 2000 Air rates Continued Single 16QAM 1 2 26 Single 16QAM 3 4 39 Single 64QAM 2 3 52 Single 64QAM 3 4 58 5 Single 64QAM 5 6 65 Dual BPSK 1 2 13 Dual QPSK 1 2 26 Dual QPSK 3 4 39 Dual 16QAM 1 2 52 Dual 16QAM 3 4 78 Dual 64QAM 2 3 104 Dual 64QAM 3 4 117 Dual 64QAM 5 6 130 Considerations for Changing Antenna Parameters Let maxAvailableTx Power denote the maximum Tx Power practically avail able from an ODU It appears as Tx Power per Radio in figure 4 17 below maxRegEIRP denote the maximum EIRP available by regulation It will be determined by three factors e per band regulation e per channel bandwidth e antenna gain It appears in figure 4 17 as Max EIRP maxRegTxPower denote the maximum regulatory Tx Power for the equipment also having regard the above three points Then the following relationship must be satisfied maxAvailableTxPower min maxRegEIRP ac t An
141. ducts RW 7216 2000 16 2 RW 7208 2000 8 2 Dual DC feed T RW 7204 2000 4 22 RW 7200 2000 0 2 Doc Figure 1 7 IDU C Ethernet only front panel 1 20 m ME 2 2 Figure 1 8 IDU C 16 E1 T1 ports front panel RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 11 Power Over Ethernet PoE Devices Chapter 1 Power Over Ethernet PoE Devices The PoE device provides Ethernet service only with power for the ODU The PoE device is extremely compact having only two Ethernet ports and a standard 3 pin male AC power socket 4 n pc OR NING Nil LL Figure 1 9 device showing the radio Ethernet port Antennas An antenna is the radiating and receiving element from which the radio sig nal in the form of RF power is radiated to its surroundings and vice versa The antenna gain and transmitting power may be limited by country regula tions The RADWIN 2000 may be operated with an integrated antenna that is part of the unit or with external antennas connected to the via N type connectors All cables and connections must be connected correctly to reduce RF losses The required antenna impedance is 50Q The 5 x GHz Integrated Antenna ODU is provided with 370 mm 1 2ft flat panel antenna with a gain of 23dBi 5 x GHz 19dBi 4 9 GHz and 8 beam width The 2 x GHz Integrated Antenna ODU is provided with 370 mm 1 2ft fl
142. e ODU Front View ODU Rear View Figure 3 2 Connectorized ODU Front and rear views RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 IDU Package Contents Chapter 3 ODU Front View ODU Rear View Figure 3 3 Integrated ODU Front and rear views IDU Package Contents The IDU package contains e IDU C see figure 3 4 below e 19 rack mounting kit see figure 3 6 below Two DC power plugs for power cables see figure 3 6 below Figure 3 5 IDU C Package contents the IDU C 16 E1 T1 ports RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 4 External Antenna Package Contents Chapter 3 Figure 3 6 IDU C Package contents the mounting kit DC power plugs External Antenna Package Contents e Antenna e RF cable 1m 3 long two cables supplied with bipolar antennas single cable supplied with monopolar antennas Mounting kit Additional Tools and Materials Required The following is a list of the equipment and materials required to install RADWIN 2000 hardware Tools and Materials e Crimping tool for RJ 45 if the ODU IDU cable is without connectors e Spanner wrench 13 mm 12 e Drill for wall mounting only e Cable ties Sealing material Cables and connectors e ODU grounding cable 12AWG e IDU grounding cable 18AWG e ODU IDU cable outdoor class CAT 5e 4 twisted pairs 24AWG e For PoE based links A crossed Ethernet LAN cable Hardware Installation Seq
143. e Optionally you can change the link password as explained here gt To change the link password 1 Click the Change button in the System dialog box The Change Link Password dialog box opens Use the Hide characters check box for maximum security No o Change Link Password Enter current Link Password e Confirm Hide characters Figure 4 12 Change Link Password dialog box 2 Enter the current link password The default link password for a new ODU is wireless bridge If you have forgotten the Link Password click the Forgotten Link Pass word button The following window is displayed Alternative Link Password Alternative Link Password The Alternative Link Password is supplied with the product It may also be obtained via Customer Support Please have the unit s Serial Number and or MAC Address ready when requesting an Alternative Link Password Enter the Alternative Link Password Figure 4 13 Lost or forgotten Link Password recovery RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 19 Installing the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Chapter 4 Follow the instructions to use the Alternative Link Password and click OK to finish You are returned to the window in Figure 4 12 above Con tinue with the next step Enter a new password Retype the new password in the Confirm field Click OK Click Yes when asked if you want to change the link pass
144. e 2 2 viii Events Alarms arid init 7 13 The Events LOGS TN 7 13 RADWIN Manager Traps ws iaccacvcieesvecstaserevelsstescsteestevegttectavevsoucesttensveeedtecseeres 7 15 Setting the Events 7 16 Saving the EVENS FOU niece ee rs messe aA 7 17 Active Pc cct 7 17 Viewing Recent nnne nnn nn nnne nnne nnn nnns 7 18 Reverting Aalert Messages 7 18 Remote Power Fail Indication 7 19 Troubleshooting uci torii remote Free ey prende praxi ED ko pur Rae 7 19 Replacing ar ODU spinii ierti eei rre rica te dna ER de eai 7 20 Restoring Factory Vb E avi Voua EX E i E o RR es 7 20 Online Helpe ns exerci EUR ERE S dns FREE RON 7 20 Customer SUPPO re ns d earum wed deu b du dv 7 21 Part 2 Advanced Installation Appendix A Pole and Wall Installation ODU Mourtng KrECODteiEs Set rene dentro rs a row pru EE io Po die ru A 1 Mounting RADWIN 2000 on pole 2 0 terrere et kenne ta n untra A 2 Mounting RADWIN 2000 on a Wall iris A 3 Mounting an External Antenna 4 1 1 444 1 4 42 nnn nnns A 3 Appendix B Link Budget Calculator VET GW M Na SE
145. ed depends on local conditions and regulations RADWIN 20007 Lightning protection system consists of the following components e Grounding for the antenna coax cable e Grounding for each IDU and ODU e External Primary Surge Suppressor units and grounding for the out door cable e Internal ESD protection circuits over the Power Telecom lines Grounding for Antenna Cable A Grounding Kit must be connected to the coax antenna cable and reliably grounded as shown in Figure X The grounding kit is an Andrew Type 223158 2 www andrew com See figure C 1 below RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 C 1 Grounding for Indoor Outdoor Units Appendix C Dual Polarization Antenna Coax cables grounded to the pole within 30 cm of the antenna Connectorized ODU Coax cables grounded to the pole within 30 cm of the ODU Andrew Grounding Kit 59 Figure C 1 Grounding antenna cables Grounding for Indoor Outdoor Units ODU Grounding RADWIN 2000 uses a Shielded CAT 5e cable to interconnect the Outdoor ODU and Indoor IDU units However this shielding does not provide a good Lightning Discharge path since it can not tolerate the high Lightning Current surges To provide an alternate Lightning Discharge path the ODU and antenna grounding posts should be connected to ground point by a 10 AWG short copper wire The device should be permanently connected to ground IDU Grounding The IDUs gr
146. el The following win dow is presented 3 Site Configuration Location File Actions Help 2 e S Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Install HE Mode System Management Q Air Interface Network Parameters VLAN 4 Tx Power 8 Ant IP Address Hub Site Sync Subnet Mask Inventory Default Gateway 0 120 R Security Trap Destination Date amp Time IP Address 0 0 0 0 Advanced 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a Ethernet 0 0 0 0 aX 0 0 0 0 2X External Alarms 0000 2 Operations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure D 4 Management Addresses Site Configuration dialog box RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 D 4 The procedure Appendix D 10 Enter the IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway as requested For example the ODU used here is to be configured as follows 7 Site Configuration Location File Actions Help Refresh Buzzer Off System Management Q Air Interface Network Parameters VLAN Tx Power amp Ant IP Address 192 168 1 101 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Default Gateway 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 E Security Trap Destination Date amp Time IP Address Port 0 0 0 0 162 Advanced 0 0 0 0 i 0 0 0 0 162 ak Ethernet 0000 1 N 0 0 0 0 152 ix External Alarms 0000 162 Operations 0 0 0 0 162 0 0 0 0 162 0 0 0 0 162 0 0 0 0 162
147. en nenas H 2 Hot Standby Port H 2 JIDU C Alarm eese eee nenne nhu H 2 Uplink Ethernet RJ 45 Port Connectors 111111111 esee eene nennen nennen nnn nnns H 4 Appendix Small Form factor Pluggable Transceiver RADWIN 2000 IDU C SFP 1 2 411 1 7 4 1 1 Appendix J Reference Can de ann Simi 1 1 1 1 eem 1 1 Interface APL dx RU XE Red ea dvor Y eri rd Ub J 1 Control Methiad i devoti eek eri osea exe dette trente eth ea bene bled ep env a Er rennes J 1 COMMUNITY 1 2 Private MIB SUUUCLUFe T 2 2 MIB Pare Meters rta ge eaa nee EE v ERR Ea 2 3 Supported Variables from the RFC 1213 0 1 11 nennen nennen nnn 1 4 MIB Parameters RETE 1 5 CER J 19 General RE EN J 19 Tab KE J 20 RADWIN Manager nnne nnne nnne J 23 Appendix K External Alarms Specification External Alarms Specifications K 1 Appendix L Regional Notice French Canadian Proc dures pr L 1 L 1 Mise a late
148. eparately with different Note aging times The following table shows the appropriate configuration for several common scenarios Both link sites must be configured with the same parameter Table 6 1 ODU mode configuration for common scenarios Standard default Configuration for Ethernet Applications Bridge 300 sec Rapid network topology changes where fast aging is required RD Ethernet Hub Hub N A Ethernet Bridge Bridge N A Configuring Ethernet Ports Mode The ODU Ethernet port is configured to auto detect by default and may not be changed The ODU Ethernet port mode is configurable for line speed 10 100BaseT and duplex mode half or full duplex An Auto Detect feature is provided whereby the line speed and duplex mode are detected automatically using auto negotiation Use manual con figuration when attached external equipment does not support auto negoti ation The default setting is Auto Detect RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 10 Setting the Maximum Information Rate Chapter 6 You should not reconfigure the port that is used for the managing computer connection since a wrong configuration can cause a management Caution disconnection or Ethernet services interruption gt To configure the Ethernet Mode 1 From the Configuration menu choose the site to configure The Site Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click Advanced Ethernet 3 In the Ethernet Port
149. equency 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 14 Integer RO Maximum center frequency in MHz winlink1000OduAirFreqResolution 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 15 Integer RO Center Frequency resolution Measured in MHz if value 100 otherwise in KHz winlink1000OduAirCurrentFreq 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 16 Integer RO Current Center Frequency Measured in MHz if center frequency resolution value 100 otherwise in KHz winlink1000OduAirNumberOfChannels 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 17 Integer RO Number of channels that can be used winlink1000OduAirChannelsTable N A Table of channels used by automatic channels selection ACS winlink1000OduAirChannelsEntry N A ACS channels table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirChannelsIndex winlink1000OduAirChannelsIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 1 Integer RO Channel Index winlink1000OduAirChannelsFrequency 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 2 Integer RO Channel frequency in MHz winlink1000OduAirChannelsOperState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 3 Integer RW Channel state Can be set by the user Automatic Channel Selection uses channels that are AirChannelsOperState enabled and AirChannelsAvail enabled change is effective after link re synchronization Valid values disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000OduAirChannelsAvail 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 18 1 4 Integer RO Channel state Product specific and cannot be changed by the user Automatic Channel Selection uses channels that are AirChannelsOperState enabled
150. er Main Menu Chapter 5 e Brown shows severe compatibility problem Events Log The Events Log stores alarms generated from both sides of the link and is detailed in chapter 7 Events Log amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already Internal 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal IP Address 192 168 1 101 Encrypted Link The Status bar displays the following icons Table 5 5 Status bar indicators Connectivity Shows if RADWIN Manager is communicating with the ODU Connection mode to the ODU e Over the Air connection using the IP address of the remote unit e Local connection direct connection to the IDU without using an IP address e Network connection through a LAN Connection available IP Address Log on IP address E Normally encrypted link Encryption indicator Link password validation failed The link is encrypted with default keys Service and configuration are unavailable Change the link password There are several floating icons which appear under specific ume conditions Note RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 8 Configuring the Link Overview Chapter 5 Configuring the Link Overview The Configuration Wizard has seven steps as shown in table 5 6 below Table 5 6 Link Configuration Wizard un j
151. erforms preliminary configuration of the system This button is disabled after the link is installed Site lt Site 1 name gt Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site 1 name Same as Configuration 1 Configure lt Site 1 name gt Site lt Site 2 name gt Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site 2 name Same as Configuration 2 Configure lt Site 2 name gt Get Diagnostics Obtain system information Clear Counters Disabled Log off Closes the current session and logs off RADWIN Manager Exit Exits RADWIN Manager The RADWIN Manager Main Menu The RADWIN Manager menu is shown in table 5 2 below rr File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help r1 lt Ld 51 I Table 5 2 RADWIN Manager main menu functionality File Chapter 5 Return to log on dialog Same Log Off as Log Off button Exit Exit the RADWIN Manager Same as Exit button RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 The RADWIN Manager Main Menu Table 5 2 RADWIN Manager main menu functionality Continued Chapter 5 Run the Configuration Wizard Link Lap Configuration Not available in installation chapter 5 mode Provides limited configuration 1 Configure for site Has a path to return to lt Site 1 name gt Configura installation mode ti chapter 6 n j Confiaure Provides limited configuration lt Site en
152. erver available you can either set the date and time or you can set it to use the date and time from the managing computer Note that manual setting is not recommended since it will be overridden by a reset power up or synchroni zation with an NTP Server The NTP uses UDP port 123 If a firewall is configured between the ODU NTP Server this port must be gt No It can take up to 8 minutes for the NTP to synchronize the ODU date and time gt set the date and time 1 Determine the IP address of the NTP server to be used 2 Test it for connectivity using the command Windows XP for example w32tm stripchart computer 216 218 192 202 You should get a continuous response of times each a few seconds apart 3 Choose a site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens 4 Choose Date amp Time RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 7 Setting the Date and Time Chapter 6 Site Configuration File Actions Help ki a Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Date amp Time E Q Air Interface Tx Power amp Ant 2 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory NTP Server 0 0 0 0 Security Offset Minutes Advanced zk Ethernet 3X External Alarms Date amp Time 02 09 2005 01 52 22 3 Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 6 Date and Time Configuration 5 If entering an IP address for the NTP Server c
153. eusanas E 4 FIGURE E 6 MAIN WINDOW AFTER BAND E 5 FIGURE E 7 USING THE OPERATIONS WINDOW TO ENTER A LICENSE E 6 FIGURE F 1 SOFTWARE UPGRADE UTILITY MAIN WINDOW eene F 1 FIGURE F 2 ADD SITE n F 2 FIGURE F 3 ADDING A SINGLE SITE FOR UPGRADE 2 FIGURE F 4 SINGLE SITE ADDED FOR UPGRADE 3 FIGURE F 5 SOFTWARE UPGRADE IN PROGRESS NOTE THE STOP BUTTON F 4 FIGURE H 1 EXAMPLE FOR CONNECTING THE ALARM H 4 FIGURE J 1 TOP LEVEL SECTIONS OF THE PRIVATE J 3 FIGURE L 4 MONTAGE SUR UN PYEONE iranienne Et nr rb rer eri e s L 5 FIGURE L 5 MONTAGE SUR UN MUR cccececevecueuseeeuecuausueeusevaueaueuseuaueauausuenueavaueuuausenas L 6 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 xiii List of Tables TABLE 1 1 AVAILABLE ONNECTORIZED ODU PRODUCTS RELEASE 2 2 1 9 TABLE 1 2 AVAILABLE INTEGRATED ANTENNA ODU PRODUCTS RELEASE 2 2 1 10 TABLE 1 3 RELEASE 2 2 IDU C PRODUCTS cccecccceceueesceeesaueuseuseeaueuveusueaueavauseenass 1 11 TABLE 1 4 USER MANUAL LAYOUT
154. figuration Li t ite Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Link TPSF_BTT LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dem Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Ethernet Service Status Link Active Location Radio Interface IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TDM Service Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 E1 Ports Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 Frequency 5 820 GHz Date amp Time Message Trap Source 000001 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal 8 Encrypted Link 2 Connection Available Connection Mode Network Figure 7 14 Events Log Display gt To save the Events Log 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears 2 Click the Events Tab 3 Select the file to save 4 Click the check box to open the file for saving Click the E button and in the Select File dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name the Events Log file is to be saved and click OK To store the Events Log first define the IP address subnet mask default gateway and trap address of the managing computer see page 6 4 for Note details RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 14 RADWIN Manager Tra
155. fix it Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Configuration problem detected Link installation required timeClockSet 17 normal Indicates that the ODU time clock was set Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description The time was set to p p Is the date and time configurationChanged 18 normal Indicates that the ODU recovered from an error but there are configuration changes Contains two parameters 1 Description Configuration changed Error code is n 2 n number RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 20 Trap Parameters Table 7 3 MIB Traps Sheet 2 of 4 Appendix J Name Severity Description hssOpStateChangedToINU 19 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to INU type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to INU hssOpStateChangedToHSM 20 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to HSM type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to HSM hssOpStateChangedToHSC 21 normal Indicates that the HSS operating state was changed to HSC type Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS operating state was changed to HSC_DT HSC_CT vlanModeActive 22 normal Indicates to non V
156. for site Has a path to return to installation mode A Runs the Installation Wizard Link A Not available in configuration chapter 4 Installation mode Performance Monitoring On screen and printable Report Shows active alarms for Site 1 Site 1 name inanes chapter 7 Active Alarms Shows active alarms for Site 2 Site 2 name Thames Recent Events Displays recent events by site Software Upgrade ODU firmware for Tools Upgrade current site or others appendix F Change Band Installer only Change the link band appendix E Change Change the log on password Password dialog page 4 8 Clear Events Clear local events log Events Log page 7 13 Save to File Save events log file Preferences Local preferences dialog Clear counters Clear TDM counters Mainte Loopbacks Set loopbacks TDM only page 7 3 nance 1 lt Site 1 name gt Reset lt Site 1 name gt ODU Reset 2 lt Site 2 name gt Reset lt Site 2 name gt ODU RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 4 The RADWIN Manager Main Menu Chapter 5 Table 5 2 RADWIN Manager main menu functionality Continued RADWIN View online version of the User Manager Help Manual Link Budget Calculator opened in default Calculator browser PP Help Get Diagnostics Informatlon Obtain system information page 7 1 About RADWIN Manager build and system Manager information Link details pane The
157. g on window figure 4 3 above You are offered an extended log on window L ADWIN Manager sion 8 2 01 Build 8263 IP Address Password User Type Operator Community Read Only Read Write 0000060 Figure 4 4 Log on window with User and Community options visible At the User Type field click the list button RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 4 The RADWIN Manager log on Concept Chapter 4 RADWIN Manager Version 8 2 01 Build 8263 IP Address Password User Type perator Installer Read Only Observer Community Read Write 000006 Cancel Options lt lt Cancel Figure 4 5 Log window exposing the user types There are three user types e An Observer has read only access to the link An Observer can monitor the link generate reports but may not change any link parameters e An Operator can install and configure the link Installer can in addition to functioning as an Operator also change the operating band The latter function has legal ramifica tions requiring familiarity with local regulations The following table summarizes these options Table 4 2 User types default passwords and function Observer admin Monitoring Read Only public Installation Si Chapters 4 6 Operator admin configuration Read Write netman page 6 14 Operator plus
158. g supplied 1 Rack mounting holes K Detachable Rack mounting brackets L 0 4 8 or 16 1 1 Ports See table 3 Hot Standby ready HSB cable socket see M Standby Port table H 4 The Indicator LEDs Item A in table 3 1 above are shown in more detail in figure 3 10 below O O AIRVF STBY Figure 3 10 IDU C LEDs The purpose of the LEDs is shown in table 3 2 below Table 3 2 IDU C Front Panel LEDs Green IDU operational IDU Green During power up only Red Failure Green ODU to IDU communication link is operating ODU Red ODU to IDU communication link is disrupted Green Wireless link is synchronized AIR I F Orange During installation mode only Red Wireless link lost synchronization RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 10 Connecting power to the IDU Chapter 3 D Table 3 2 IDU C Front Panel LEDs Continued Green E1 or T1 line is synchronized Orange Alarm detected at the Site Binterface Orange Local or Remote loopback Red Alarm detected at the Site A interface Off Ethernet only IDU or E1 T1 not configured Off STBY Off 3 3 8 1 Attach the rack mounting brackets to the IDU 2 Bolt the IDU into an empty slot in the rack ensuring that it sits securely 3 Ground the IDU to the rack using grounding lug I The IDU should be left permanently grounded Instead of using the rack mounting brackets the IDU may be rail mounted using the four screw holes on ea
159. ght for LOS the minimum antenna height required for line of sight operation Tt is the sum of the height required for boresight clearance due to the earth s curvature plus the height required to clear the Fresnel zone If the expected performance is not suitable for your application try different parameters and repeat the calculation About the Fresnel Zone The Fresnel zone pronounced frA nel with a silent s is an elliptically shaped conical zone of electromagnetic energy that propagates from the transmitting antenna to the receiving antenna It is always widest in the middle of the path between the two antennas First Fresnel FR zone Curve on 60 of R err Obstruction Expected Range Figure B 9 Fresnel zone RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 9 About the Fresnel Zone Appendix B Fresnel loss is the path loss occurring from multi path reflections from reflective surfaces such as water and intervening obstacles such as build ings or mountain peaks within the Fresnel zone Radio links should be designed to accommodate obstructions and atmo spheric conditions weather conditions large bodies of water and other reflectors and absorbers of electromagnetic energy The Fresnel zone provides us with a way to calculate the amount of clear ance that a wireless wave needs from an obstacle to ensure that the obsta cle does not attenuate the signal There are infinitely many Fresnel zones located coaxially a
160. he air rate and the installation range winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServices Table N A IDU Possible Services table winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesEntry N A IDU Services table entry INDEX winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesIndex winlink1000IduSrvPossibleServicesIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 1 Integer RO Table index Rate index of the air interface winlink1000IduSrvPossibleTdmServices 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 2 Integer RO Deprecated parameter A bitmap describing the TDM trunks that can be opened in the corresponding Air Rate winlink1000IduSrvPossibleEthServices 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 3 Integer RO Deprecated parameter This parameter describes if the Ethernet Service can be opened the corresponding Air Rate The valid values are disabled 0 enabled 1 winlink1000lduSrvRemainingRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 4 Integer RO Current Ethernet bandwidth in bps per air rate winlink1000IduSrvTrunkCost 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 10 1 5 Integer RO Cost of the TDM Service in bps winlink1000IduSrvAvailServices Table N A ODU Possible TDM Services table winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesEntry N A ODU TDM Services table entry INDEX winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesIndex winlink1000IduSrvAvailServicesIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 11 1 1 Integer RO Table index The index is the bit mask of the
161. hernet Payload the AES encrypts both the source and destination MAC addresses In addition to normal log on access Read or Write Community access is available at log on Link Lock is a part of the RADWIN 2000 security concept It is designed to discourage physical theft of units and piggyback ing using an otherwise identical ODU to steal bandwidth or information It locks a pair of synchronized ODUs for mutually exclusive communication SFP support in the IDU C Standard SFP modules are used enabling any type of Ethernet phys ical connectivity including various fiber connections E3 T3 or E1 T1 over Ethernet SFPs can be used as well RADWIN 2000 Link The RADWIN 2000 point to point solution is a wireless communication link Typically each side of the link is comprised of an Outdoor Unit ODU and antenna and an Indoor Unit IDU or PoE device as shown in figure 1 5 below The link is managed by the SNMP based RADWIN Manager application The IDU and the ODU are connected by a CAT5e cable that carries the ser vice traffic and power RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 6 RADWIN 2000 Link Chapter 1 Radio Link ODU WESERNEE _ m DU eg Figure 1 5 Example of Link Architecture System Components The ODU is the radio transceiver of the RADWIN 2000 system It supports two radios for MIMO operation It is available with an integrated antenna Integrated Antenna ODU or with connecto
162. in Antenna Gain Site A Site B dBi Factor Radio Cable Loss Site A Site B dB Value Description EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Moderate Moderate terrain and Rasa C 2 climate Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Range Max 7 Km 4 3 Miles Close 2 lt ES Ethernet Only vw Type Services 99 9742 availability downtime 136 min year Ethernet Rate Full Duplex 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure B 7 Climactic C Factor description In Figure B 8 we display a map of the world showing C Factor contours Bl c 0 25 Good E c Average 2 Moderate 5 Very Difficult Figure B 8 World map showing Factor contours RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 8 About the Fresnel Zone Appendix B 5 Click Calculate to obtain the required performance estimate Placing the in other calculated field will also update the calculated results Note The Expected Performance parameters are calculated and displayed Expected RSS the expected RSS that the RADWIN Manager shows when the RADWIN 2000 ODUs are optimally aligned e Services Type max number of T1 or E1 trunks if Max Trunks is selected e Ethernet Rate maximum throughput available for the chosen parameter combination e Antenna hei
163. ink1000OduAirChannelBWEntry N A Channel Bandwidth table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirChannelBWIndex RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 8 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 5 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduAirChannelBWIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 1 Integer RO Channel Bandwidth index winlink1000OduAirChannelBWAvail 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 2 Integer RO Channel Bandwidth availability product specific Options are Not supported supported with manual channel selection supported with Automatic Channel Selection winlink1000OduAirChannelsAdminState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 25 1 3 DisplayString RO Channels availability per CBW winlink1000OduAirRFD 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 26 Integer RO Current radio frame duration in microseconds winlink1000OduAirRatesTable N A Air Rate indexes table for current channel bandwidth winlink1000OduAirRatesEntry N A Air Rate indexes table entry INDEX winlink1000OduAirRatesIndex winlink1000OduAirRatesIndex 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 27 1 1 Integer RO Air Rate index winlink1000OduAirRatesAvail 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 27 1 2 Integer RO Air Rate availability depending on air interface conditions winlink1000OduAirDesiredRateldx 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 28 Integer RW Required Air Rate index 0 reserved for Ada
164. inue gt To use the Link Budget Calculator for RADWIN 2000 1 Choose a band from the drop down list RADWIN 2000 Link Budget WinLink Link Budget Product Band 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC Integrated v 5 740 5 825 GHz FCC Channel Bandwidth 5 490 5 705 GHz FCC 5 490 5 705 GHz IC Tx Power 5 270 5 220 GHz FCC 4 950 4 980 GHz Poc Antenna Type 2 412 2 462 GHz FC 5 835 5 865 GHz WPC Antenna Gain 5 740 5 835 GHz MII 5 725 5 865 GHz ETSI Radio Cable Loss 5 480 5 715 GHz ETSI 5 160 5 240 GHz ETSI EIRP 5 740 5 940 GHz Universal 5 500 5 685 GHz Universal Fade Margin 5 150 5 335 GHz Universal 4 950 4 880 GHz Universal Rate 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC Integrated 5 490 5 705 GHz FCC Integrated 5 490 5 705 GHz IC Integrated 5 270 5 330 GHz FCC Integrated 4 950 4 980 GHz FCC Integrated Expected RSS Fade Margin 0 1 2 412 2 462 GHz FCC Integrated 5 835 5 865 GHz WPC Integrated Ma Range 5 740 5 825 GHz MII Integrated 735 5 865 GHz ETSI Integrated Required Climate 5 480 5 715 GHz ETSI Integrated 5 160 5 340 GHz ETSI Integrated 740 5 240 GHz Universel Integrated Type 5 500 5 685 GHz Universal Integrated Services 5 150 5 225 GHz Universal Integrated 4 950 4 980 GHz Universal Integrated Ethernet Rate Full Duplex 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Figure B 3 Produc
165. ipment in accordance with Section 810 of the National Electric Code ANSI NFPA No 70 1984 or Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code These codes describe correct installation procedures for grounding the outdoor unit mast lead in wire and discharge RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 1 Protection against Lightning Chapter 3 unit It also lays down the size of grounding conductors and connection requirements for grounding electrodes The RADWIN 2000 ODU must be grounded to a Protective Earth as described in appendix C and in accordance with the Local Electrical Regulations e The earth lug on the IDU C should be connected to the protective earth at all times by a wire with a diameter of 18 AWG or wider Rack mounted equipment should be mounted only in earthed racks and cabinets Further you should e Always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last e Never connect telecommunication cables to ungrounded equipment e Ensure that all other cables are disconnected before disconnecting the ground More detailed guidelines are supplied in appendix C Protection against Lightning The use of lightning protection is dependent on regulatory and end user requirements All of RADWIN outdoor units are designed with surge limiting circuits to minimize the risk of damage due to lightning strikes RADWIN recommends the use of additional surge arrestor devices to protect the equipment from nearby lightning strikes See a
166. iption Software versions mismatch Software upgrade required swVersionsIncompatible 117 critical The trap is sent if SW versions are incompatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description SW Versions incompatible hssMultipleSourcesDetectedAlarm 118 major Indicates that multiple sync pulse sources were detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS multiple Sync sources were detected hssSyncToProperSourceStoppedAlarm 119 major Indicates that synchronization to a proper sync pulse source was stopped Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS sync pulse Down The reason is s s Is the reason for the sync down hssSyncPulseDetectedAlarm 120 major Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse was detected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS additional sync pulse was detected tdmBackupAlarm 121 major Indicates that the TDM backup link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM backup alarm backup link was activated linkLockUnauthorizedRemoteODU 122 major Indicates that the remote ODU is unauthorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Unauthorized remote ODU connection rejected linkLockUnauthorizedODU 123 major Indicates that the ODU is
167. irComboSubBandld 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 2 DisplayString RO Represents the Multi band sub band ID winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandDescr 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 3 DisplayString RO Multi band sub band description iption winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandlnstall 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 4 Integer RO Represents the Multi band sub band installation Freq frequency in KHz winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandAdmi 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 5 Integer RO Represents the Multi band sub band nState administrative state winlink1000OduAirComboSubBandlnstall 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 1 1 6 Integer RO Reflects if the Multi band sub band allowes ationAllowed installtion winlink1000OduAirComboNumberOfSub 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 2 Integer RO Represents the number of Multi band sub bands Bands RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 10 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 7 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduAirComboSwitchSubBan 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 53 3 DisplayString RW Switch sub band operation with a given sub band d ID The get operation retrieves the current sub band ID winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonCurrEntry N A This is an entry in the
168. is joncteur bipolaire et le diam tre du c ble doit tre de 14 mm avec un conduit de 16 mm RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 3 Installation sur pyl ne et mur Appendix L Installation sur pyl ne et mur L ODU ou l O PoE peuvent tre mont s sur un pyl ne ou un mur Contenu du kit de montage ODU Le kit de montage ODU comprend les pi ces suivantes une grande clame voir figure L 1 une petite clame voir figure L 2 un bras voir figure L 3 quatre visses hex t te M8x40 deux visses hex t te M8x70 quatre rondelles plates M8 trois rondelles lastiques M8 deux crous M8 Figure L 1 grande clame Figure L 2 petite clame Figure 1 3 bras RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 4 Montage sur un pyl ne Appendix L Montage sur un pyl ne Kit d installation UDU PIECE DESCRIPTION QUANTITE 1 1 Fixation 1 2 visses hex t te M8x40 1 3 rondelles plates M8 4 4 rondelles lastiques M8 3 5 crou M8 1 6 fixation 1 l 7 visses hex t te M8x40 pour 2 pyl ne 1 3 4 dia visses hex t te M8x70 pour 2 pyl ne de plus grande taille 1 Attacher la pi ce 1 ala base rep rer les surfaces molet es en utilisant les pi ces 2 3 4 5 comme indiqu Utiliser un couple de serrage de 24 Nim xe xe FOR MAST 1 3 4 3 T ETAPE 2 Serrer l antenne au pyl ne en utilisant la pi ce 6 les visses et rondelles 7 3 4 comme indiqu Uti
169. is Agreement is effective upon your opening of a RADWIN product package and shall continue until terminated RADWIN may terminate this Agreement upon the breach by you of any term thereof Upon such termination by RADWIN you agree to return to RADWIN any RADWIN products and documentation and all copies and portions thereof For further information contact RADWIN at the address below or contact your local distributor Disclaimer The parameters quoted in this document must be specifically confirmed in writing before they become applicable to any particular order or contract RADWIN reserves the right to make alterations or amendments to the detail specification at its discretion The publication of information in this document does not imply freedom from patent or other rights of RADWIN or others RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 i RADWIN Worldwide Offices RADWIN Corporate Headquarters Corporate Headquarters 27 Habarzel Street Tel Aviv 69710 Israel Tel 972 3 766 2900 Fax 4972 3 766 2902 Email sales radwin com RADWIN North America 900 Corporate Drive Mahwah NJ 07430 USA Tel 1 877 RADWIN US 723 9468 Tel 1 201 252 4224 Fax 1 201 621 8911 Email salesna radwin com RADWIN Regional Offices RADWIN Brazil Av Chucri Zaidan 920 90 Sao Paulo 04583 904 Brazil Tel 55 11 3048 4110 Email salesbr radwin com RADWIN Peru Av Antares 213 Lima 33 Peru Tel 511 6285105 Fax 511 9903
170. ity inkjet printers also give good output Release 2 2 1 19 Chapter 2 Site Preparation Planning the Link Site Overview Link site planning consists of a set of surveys which must be carried out before any equipment is brought to the site If for some reason the out come of any of these surveys is negative site re location will need to be considered Site Survey consists of three stages 1 Preliminary survey The proposed link is analyzed in the office using a topographic map 2 Physical survey The locations of the RADWIN 2000 indoor and outdoor equipment are determined on site 3 Radio Frequency RF survey It is recommended that the installation area be scanned with a spectrum analyzer to identify RF interference so as to determine a clear channel for RADWIN 2000 installation on site The Site Survey Introduction RADWIN 2000 wireless links must be planned before installation The desig nated installation site must be appraised to determine that the wireless sys tem is able to operate efficiently and provide connectivity without signal degradation RADWIN 2000 offers a wide operating frequency range A free frequency channel must be determined within the operating range for optimum per formance Recommended Equipment Stage 1 Preliminary Survey e Topological map of the area e Urban map of the area RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 1 Stage 1 Preliminary Survey Chapter 2 e
171. k unicast packets delivered to a higher layer protocol iflnNUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 12 x Counter RO The number of non unicast i e subnetwork broadcast or subnetwork multicast packets delivered to a higher layer protocol iflnErrors 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 14 x Counter RO The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol ifOutOctets 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 16 x Counter RO The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface including framing characters ifOutUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 17 x Counter RO The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted to a subnetwork unicast address including those that were discarded or not sent RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 4 MIB Parameters Table 7 1 Supported RFC 1213 Variables Sheet 2 of 2 Appendix J Name OID Type Description ifOutNUcastPkts 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 18 x Counter O ssa99y R The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted to a non unicast i e a subnetwork broadcast or subnetwork multicast address including those that were discarded or not sent a x is the interface ID MIB Parameters Table J 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 1 of 15 Name OID Type Description winlink10
172. l winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrEntry N A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmCurrActiveS 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 10 1 1 Gauge RO Parameter indicating whether the TDM service econds was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmlntervalTabl N A This table defines keeps the counters of the e current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmlntervalEntr N A This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX y iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmlntervalldx winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmlntervalldx RO This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmlntervalActiv RO Parameter indicating whether the TDM service eSeconds was active Under TDM backup link the parameter indicates whether the backup link was active winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayEntry N A This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayldx winlink1000OduPerfMonTdmDayldx RO This table is indexed per Day number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 13 MIB Parameters Table J 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 10 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type Description winlink1000OduPerfMonTdm
173. l would use site A and site B To avoid burdening the reader this appendix will follow the MIB usage Interface API Control Method The RADWIN Manager application provides all the means to configure and monitor a RADWIN 2000 link communicating with the SNMP agent in each ODU Each SNMP agent contains data on each of the IDUs and ODUs in the RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 1 Community String Appendix J link Both agents communicate with each other over the air using a proprie tary protocol Each ODU has a single MAC address and a single IP address No o To control and configure the device using the MIB you should adhere to the following rules The connection for control and configuration is to the local site over any SNMP UDP IP network All Parameters should be consistent between both of the ODUs Note that inconsistency of air parameters can break the air connection To correct air parameters inconsistency you must reconfigure each of the ODUs Common practice is to configure the remote site first and then to configure the local site For some of the configuration parameters additional action must be taken before the new value is loaded Please refer to the operation in the parameters description Some of the MIB parameters values are product dependent It is strongly recommend using the RADWIN Manager Application for changing these values Setting wrong values may cause indetermi n
174. les The default files are located in the SWU subdirectory in the RADWIN Manager installation area They are currently named SWU 1k swu and SWU 2k swu You may have to find them else where depending on your system 4 To back up your existing system check Backup device software Then click the L J button for a standard file dialog The default location is the My Documents directory on the managing computer The backup here is the same as that page 6 20 serves the same NE purpose It provides a fallback if the upgrade proves problematic 5 next check box determines whether or not the sites should be reset immediately after the upgrade Bear in mind that on the one hand a RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 F 3 Upgrading an Installed Link Appendix F reset involves a service interruption but on the other hand the software upgrade will not become effective until after the reset is carried out 6 Click Start Upgrade to commence the process MIE e Software Upgrade Tool File Actions Help m En Start Upgrade Stop Upgrade Add Site Clear all Upgrade Package Save Configuration Close Software Upgrade details Available Release 2 2 05 b2242 Feb 5 2009 Description Release 2 2 05 Backup device software d My Documents Perform Reset to each device after successful upgrade Software Upgrade Link Name IP Address Site Name Current Release
175. lick Clear and then enter the new address 6 Set your site Offset value in minutes ahead or behind GMT 7 To manually set the date and time click Change and edit the new values Change Date amp Time Site A Date amp Time 09 2005 01 55 51 C Use Managing Computer Time Figure 6 7 Change Date and Time If you used an NTP Server you will see a window like this 1 Greenwich Mean Time RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Ethernet Properties Chapter 6 Site Configuration File Actions Help 2 gt Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Y Installation Mode System Date amp Time 1 Q Air Interface NTP Server 194 164 127 6 Tx Power amp Ant 2 Hub Site Sync D Management Inventory R Security Offset Minutes 12 0200 HH mm Date amp Time o Advanced Ethernet 3X External Alarms Date amp Time 02 09 2005 02 26 05 3 Operations OK Cancel Apply Figure 6 8 Date and Time configured from an NTP Server 8 Click OK to return to the Configuration dialog Ethernet Properties Configuring the Bridge Bridge configuration is required in various network topologies such as pro tection 1 1 and ring applications The bridge configuration parameters are located under the Advanced tab of the Site Configuration dialog box Site Configuration A File Actions Help 2 A Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off i Installation Mode
176. liser un couple de serrage de 24 Nim POUR PYLONE 1 174 OOO Figure L 4 Montage sur un pyl ne RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 5 Montage sur un mur Appendix L Montage sur un mur Kit d installation PI CE DESCRIPTION QUANTITE Bras visses hex t te M8x40 rondelles plates M rondelles lastiques M8 crou M8 base On BR ND NN B D ETAPE 1 Attacher la pi ce 1 a la base x2 rer les surfaces molet es en utilisant les pi ces 2 3 4 5 comme c d 7 indiqu Utiliser un couple de 3 4 5 serrage de 24 N m UDU ETAPE 2 xe Attacher la pi ce 6 au bras rep rer les surfaces molet es en utilisant les pieces 2 3 4 5 comme indiqu Utiliser un couple de 5 m ETAPE 3 Installer l antenne sur le mur mat riel fourni par le client Figure L 5 Montage sur un mur RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 6 Montage d une antenne externe Appendix L Montage d une antenne externe L antenne externe optionnelle peut tre mont e sur un pyl ne Contenu du kit de montage d une antenne externe Le kit de montage d une antenne externe comprend les pi ces suivantes Douze rondelles plates Huit rondelles lastiques Huit crous hex Quatre boulons Un support en U Un support pivotement Deux courroies de fixation en m tal gt Pour installer une
177. lity eese eee eee enne nnne nennen 4 13 Installing the Link OVervIGw eere rnnt enr n neci a nina ns 4 14 Installing the Link Step 1 Start the Wizard 4 17 Installing the Link Step 2 System 4 17 Changing the Link Password eeeesseseee eene nennen nnne nennen nennen 4 19 Installing the Link Step 3 Channel Settings 4 20 Installing the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings 4 21 OI MED ED 4 22 Dual Antennas at Both Sites eese eee esses eene enne 4 22 Single Antennas at Both 5 1 1 24 eene nennen nennen nnn nnn nnns 4 23 Single and Dual Antennas 4 23 Considerations for Changing Antenna eene 4 24 Installing the Link Step 5 Services sr 4 27 TDM Services Selection eoo ye Ernia donnees tt Eva aped 4 28 Modulation Rate Selection eese eese eene enne nnne nnn nnne nnne nnn nnne 4 30 Setting the TDM Jitter Buffer rss esee eene nnne nnne nnn nnn nnn nnn nnns 4 31 Installing the Link Step 6 TDM Clock 4 34 Installing the Link Step 7 Installation Summary and Exit 4 36 Chapter 5 Configuring the Link Link Configuration Getting Started ss
178. ly selects all of the services 2 Click Configure The following drop down list is displayed RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 34 Installing the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard TDM Parameters Configure the Parameters below TX Clock 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 CCE A Select Maximum 14 16 Et Transparent Transparent K 27 Loop Timed Recovered il Ed Deselect All Recovered Loop Timed Master 54 Internal Recovered eft Recovered Internal prt Supported Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 4 32 TDM Parameters Configuration 2 3 Click the required parameter Their meanings are as follows D Please keep in mind that what follows is per port 3 Transparent Transparent The clock at Site regenerates the clock from Site and vice versa Loop time Recover The Site A port receive clock is used as the transmit clock for that port on both sides of the link Recover Loop time The Site B port receive clock is used as the transmit clock for that port on both sides of the link Internal Recover The Site port uses its internal oscillator to generate its transmit clock while the Site B port regenerates the clock received at the Site port Recover Internal The Site B port uses its internal oscillator to generate its transmit clock while the Site port regenerates the clock received at the Site B port
179. me Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Internal 000002 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location Internal amp Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 Encrypted Link Figure 1 13 RADWIN Manager window Accessories RADWIN provides a variety of accessories to support the RADWIN 2000 sys tem e PoE devices e AC Power Adaptor e External Lightning Protection Unit 1 RADWIN also supplies a complete SNMP NMS solution Contact RADWIN Customer Support for details RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 14 Documentation set supplied with RADWIN 2000 Chapter 1 e Cables to connect the various system elements e Grounding cable Documentation set supplied with RADWIN 2000 The technical documentation supplied with a RADWIN 2000 is located on the distribution CD It includes the following items e A Quick Installation Guide for experienced installers also hardcopy e A full User Manual the document which you are reading e AHelp file accessible from the RADWIN Manager How to Use this Manual This User Manual is divided into functionally distinct chapters reflecting the activities required to set up a RADWIN 2000 The division is shown in the following table Table 1 4 User Manual layout 2 Site Preparation Site survey team Hardware Instal 3 lation Field technician Link Installation
180. mine the location for the ODU having regard for existing rooftop installations and tower space It should be above any obstructions con sidering the Fresnel zone see appendix B 4 If you need to install the ODU on a tower make sure that the tower is far away from overhead electric power lines 5 Determine a location for the indoor equipment it should be as close as possible to the ODU At an existing site there is probably an equipment room with cable routing channels The IDU ODU cable length limit is 100m in accordance with IEEE 10 100BaseT standards D 3 6 Measure and record the path length of the cable from the ODU position to the indoor equipment room 7 Determine the ground and lightning connection points of the installation The RADWIN 2000 ODU and IDU must both be grounded 8 Using the Ohmmeter measure and record the resistance of the required installation to the grounding point The resistance must be less than 10 ohm 9 Review the results of the physical site survey Decide if the site is suitable for the RADWIN 2000 wireless network installation e If the site is suitable continue with stage 3 the RF survey e If the site is not suitable survey another site RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 3 Additional Outdoor Site Requirements Chapter 2 Additional Outdoor Site Requirements The ambient outdoor operating temperature should be 35 to 60 C 31 to 140 F Additional Indoo
181. n causes the received amplitude to be reduced As a rule of thumb the presence of a large body of water between the link sites may double the required antenna height Determine and record the compass bearings between both ODUS rela tive to north If there are obstructions between the two sites calculate the Fresnel Zone see appendix B for details If the site chosen does not meet requirements consider alternative sites RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 2 Stage 2 Physical Survey Chapter 2 8 Use the Link Budget Calculator on the CD supplied with the RADWIN 2000 or using the RADWIN Manager to determine the expected perfor mance Stage 2 Physical Survey The physical site survey reviews the environment of the proposed RADWIN 2000 installation location to ensure that the link sites are suitable for the wireless network The results of the physical site survey should be recorded It is advisable to go clear day so you more easily see obstructions between the two sites Note gt To perform a physical survey 1 From the compass readings taken in the preliminary survey find the azi muth horizontal position that the ODU should face towards the second ODU 2 Using binoculars locate any obstructions such as tall trees high build ings hills or mountains Look for other RF towers between the two sites Mark the locations of the obstructions on the map 3 Deter
182. n nnne nnn A 1 TABLE H 1 ODU IDU CONNECTOR PINOUT ccccscesseceeueuseuseecueueususaueuvaueuseusevausanens H 1 TABLE H 2 FAST ETHERNET CONNECTOR enne nnne ne nnn H 2 TABLE H 3 TRUNK PORTS E1 T1 5 mnn nnn H 2 TABLE H 4 HOT STANDBY RJ11 PORT 0 H 2 TABLE H 5 IDU C ALARM CONNECTOR DRY CONTACT eene H 2 TABLE H 6 UPLINK ETHERNET CONNECTOR 4 4 TABLE H 7 TERMINAL BLOCK 3 PIN 48VDC 1 lt 2 1 5 TABLE 1 SFP TYPE AND INTERFACE DESCRIPTION 1 TABLE 7 1 SUPPORTED RFC 1213 VARIABLES nennen 2 4 TABLE 7 2 PRIVATE MIB 65 4 2 5 TABLE 7 3 MIB TRAPS cccscceccccccaueescesecauaesuseeuuausausesuesueausesnaseeauaesaaseeauausausesanss 2 20 TABLE K 1 OUTPUT ALARMS 4 nennen K 1 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 xiv
183. n transmit at modulation of 64QAM and FEC of 5 6 and get an air rate of 130 Mbps compared to 65 Mbps with single antenna To work in this mode each antenna port must be connected to an antenna the RSS level in both receivers should be balanced and a minimal separation RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 22 Single Antennas at Both Sites Chapter 4 between the antennas must be maintained For example by using dual polarization antennas a cross polarization separation is attained Upon selecting Antenna Type as Dual RADWIN 2000 automatically doubles the air rates RADWIN Manager indicates a case of unbalanced RSS between the two antennas Single Antennas at Both Sites By selecting a single antenna at both sites the ODUs operate with a single radio that is connected to the ANT 1 connector The second radio is auto matically shut down Single and Dual Antennas In this mode one of the sites uses the ODU with a single antenna while the other site uses the ODU with a dual antenna The advantages in this mode in comparison to using a single antenna in both sites are doubled total Tx Power and additional polarization and or space diversity RADWIN 2000 automatically switches to this mode from dual mode if one of the ODUs is connected to a single antenna or if the RSS at one of the ODU receivers is below minimal level Table 4 9 summarizes the situation Table 4 9 MIMO Air rate and Tx Power availabilit y dual
184. nAirDayldx winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayldx RO This table is indexed per Day number Each Day is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMinRSL RO Current Min Received Level Reference per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMaxRSL RO Current Max Received Level Reference per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayRSLThres RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level h1Exceed exceeded the RSL1 threshold per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayRSLThres RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level h2Exceed exceeded the RSL2 threshold per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMinTSL RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayMaxTSL RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayTSLThres RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level h1Exceed exceeded the TSL1 threshold per Day RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 12 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 9 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type gt Description o o winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayBBERThr RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio esh1Exceed exceeded the BBER1 threshold per Day winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonEthCurrEntry N A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000O
185. nais naine 6 3 Site Management IP Address and VLANURR 6 4 Configuring the ODU Address 6 4 Configuring VLAN Settings esses eene nennen nnne nennen nnne nnn nnns 6 5 Lost or forgotten VLAN enne alakaa nnne nnn nnn nnne 6 6 Setting the Date and Time 2 1 1 1 4 6 nnn nn nnn 6 7 Ethernet Properties sise CT E EE Ce Fai Ea 6 9 Configuring the Bridge EE 6 9 6 9 TDW AQUING TIM P 6 10 Configuring Ethernet Ports Mode nennen nennen nnne 6 10 Setting the Maximum Information Rate c eese eese nennen nennen nenne 6 11 Displaying the Inventory eee rr midi 6 13 Security FesbureS sieeve VC YF S KE VE S VEU 6 13 Changing the Link Password cesses eene nennen nnne nnne nenne nnn 6 14 RADWIN Manager Community Strings eese eese nennen nnne nnne 6 14 Editing Community Strings 6 14 Forgotten Community string ee 6 15 Link Lock Security 6 16 Muting the alignment tone 22 nennen nennen nnn 6 18 Setting External Alarm s inier hae 6 19
186. ndled without resetting the link such as antenna realignment and IDU or ODU replacement The Link Installation and Configuration phases are both carried out with Wizards which walk you through the processes The Wizards are visu ally quite similar and will be described in detail below 3 Site Configuration described in chapter 6 Site specific configuration for each side of the link is available at any time under a running link or under the restricted Installation mode Site Configuration consists of a set of panels which may be invoked indi vidually in any order as needed An installed and configured link can be returned to installation mode for re installation and configuration from last settings or from factory settings S e Reversion to installation mode requires a complete break in the link Note service e Configuration mode may vary the service throughput and quality but without a service break RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 10 Default Settings Default Settings Chapter 4 The default settings of the RADWIN 2000 configuration parameters are listed in the second column of table 4 4 below The third column shows the values we use in this manual for illustrative purposes Table 4 4 Default Settings Factory default band 5 820 2 ODU IP Address 10 0 0 120 192 168 1 101 and 102 Subnet Mask 255 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Trap destination 0 0
187. necter les c bles de t l communication du mat riel non la terre e Il faut s assurer que tous les autres c bles sont d connect s avant de d connecter la terre RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 1 Protection contre la foudre Appendix L Protection contre la foudre L utilisation de dispositifs de protection contre la foudre d pend des exi gences r glementaires et de l utilisateur final Toutes les unit s ext rieures RADWIN sont con ues avec des circuits de limitation de surtension afin de minimiser les risques de dommages dus la foudre RADWIN conseille l util isation d un dispositif de parafoudre suppl mentaire afin de prot ger le mat riel de coups de foudre proches Mat riel suppl mentaire requis L quipement requis pour l installation du mat riel est le suivant Pince sertir RJ 45 si un c ble pr assembl ODU IDU n est pas utilis Perceuse pour le montage sur mur seulement e Cables de terre IDU et ODU e Clef 13 mm 2 e Cable ODU IDU si non command type ext rieur CAT 5e 4 paires torsad es 24 AWG e Colliers de serrage e Ordinateur portable avec Windows 2000 ou Windows Pr cautions de s curit pendant le montage de ODU Avant de connecter un c ble l ODU la borne protectrice de masse visse de l ODU doit tre connect e un conducteur externe protecteur ou un pyl ne reli la terre Il ne doit pas y avoir de fusibles ou d interrupteurs sur la connec
188. ned to suit a wide range of topologies RADWIN 2000 is easy to install and maintain enabling operators to quickly and efficiently expand their networks and introduce new services to a growing subscriber base RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 2 Broadband Access Chapter 1 Figure 1 2 Typical Wimax and IP Backhaul application Broadband Access With RADWIN 2000 service providers can quickly and efficiently expand their networks and provide high capacity services that meet the increasing demand for high quality high speed broadband Figure 1 3 Typical Broadband Access application Private Networks RADWIN 2000 is the ultimate solution for private networks such as enter prises education government and utility organizations that wish to own and manage their own networks and eliminate the costly recurring charges from service providers RADWIN 2000 s cost effective solution enables a variety of organizations to connect geographically dispersed sites at ranges of up to 80km 50 miles RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 3 Key Features of RADWIN 2000 Chapter 1 Figure 1 4 Private Network Key Features of RADWIN 2000 Some of the outstanding features of the RADWIN 2000 radio series are as follows E1 T1 Ethernet in one Solution RADWIN 2000 systems deliver carrier class native E1 T1 Ethernet in a single platform making them ideal for a range of backhaul and access applicatio
189. ng Link Lock can only be removed when the link is unsynchronized In such a case an alarm is raised by the RADWIN Manager gt To enable Link Lock 1 Click Site A on the main tool bar 2 Choose the Security tab The following window is displayed RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 16 Link Lock Security Feature Chapter 6 Site Configuration A File Actions Help ki a Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off 3 Installation Mode Air Interface Community Tx Power amp Ant SNMP Communities 2 Hub Site Sync B Management Link Password Link Password Inventory Link Lock Date amp Time Advanced Ethernet S 7 Lock the Link 3X Extemal Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel 3 Click the Link Lock checkbox and then OK You are asked to confirm the lock Site Configuration A fou are about to change ODU parameters The local ODU can be synchronized exclusively to the current remote ODU Do you wish to continue 4 Click the Yes button and you are returned to the main window of the RADWIN Manager Observe that a link icon is now displayed in the status bar on the bottom right of the RADWIN Manager window gt D Encrypted Link The link to the remote unit is now locked If you repeat steps 1 and 2 above the Security screen will look like this RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 17 Muting the alignment tone buzzer Chapter 6 Site Configura
190. nging the FactoryDefault Band Appendix F Software Upgrade Part 3 Technical Information Appendix G Technical Specifications Appendix H Wiring Specifications Appendix Small Form factor Pluggable Transceiver Appendix J MIB Reference Appendix K External Alarms Specification Appendix L Regional Notice French Canadian Index RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Full Table of Contents i RADWIN Worldwide Offices eese menn nennen nnn nnn nnn nnn nn ii Regulatory Compliance oce ati vuv e aaa haine tel iii Part 1 Basic Installation Chapter 1 Introduction Welcome to RADWIN 200 b c rada acu 1 1 About Release 2 2 YX S 1 1 Mr TTC 1 2 Rc a A 1 2 WiMAX and IP Backhaul 1 2 Broadband ACCESS 1 3 Private NeEtWOrkS 1 3 Key Features or RADWIN 2000 wis cnescwcssessnrinenenetenetiawnunsloaneveheniwinnacdetiebiniensstions 1 4 RADWIN 2000 MI Rai mener 1 6 The Indoor Unit IDU i e ee tee one o uite tne o nu maux mue de Yu avo Yon 1 11 Power Over Ethernet POE Devices
191. ns Up to 16 E1 T1 services are supported High Capacity The RADWIN 2000 system provides a high capacity link of 50Mbps net throughput in full duplex Superior Spectral Efficiency Built on advanced MIMO and OFDM technologies the RADWIN 2000 system provides a high capacity link at channel bandwidth of 20MHz This channel bandwidth supports high robustness of the air interface under interference and harsh conditions In countries where applicable narrow channel bandwidth reduces the cost of the spectrum license Muti band Products Every RADWIN 2000 Multi band radio supports multiple frequency bands For example the RW 2050 0250 connectorized radio support the bands 5 9 GHz 5 8 GHz 5 4 GHz 5 3 GHz 4 9 GHz and 2 4 GHz The RADWIN 2000 Multi band products support the regulations of FCC IC Canada ETSI WPC India and MII China DFS is sup ported where required by regulation Advanced Air Interface The RADWIN 2000 system provides an advanced air interface based on MIMO built in diversity and OFDM technologies resulting in an exceptionally robust air interface RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 4 Key Features of RADWIN 2000 Chapter 1 Using the following technologies the RADWIN 2000 air interface is designed to ensure nonstop high quality transmission even under interference and harsh conditions e Automatic Adaptive Rate AAR is a mechanism that dynami cally adapts the air interface rate b
192. nt number of Background Block Errors per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonlntervallntegrity RO Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonDayTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonDayEntry N A This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonDayldx winlink1000OduPerfMonDayldx RO This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 24 hours and the oldest is 30 winlink1000OduPerfMonDayUAS RO The current number of Unavailable Seconds per interval of 24 hours winlink1000OduPerfMonDayES RO Current number of Errored Seconds per interval of 24 hours winlink1000OduPerfMonDaySES RO Current number of Severely Errored Seconds per interval of 24 hours winlink1000OduPerfMonDayBBE RO Current number of Background Block Errors per interval of 24 hours winlink1000OduPerfMonDaylIntegrity RO Indicates the integrity of the entry per interval of 24 hours winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrEntry N A This is an entry in the Current Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMinRSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 1 Integer RO Current Min Received Level Reference starting from the present 15 minutes period winlink1000OduPerfMonAirCurrMaxRSL 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 6 4 1 2 Integer RO Current Max Received
193. ntable as shown in figure 1 7 A front panel keyed schematic of a rack mounted IDU C is shown in figure 3 8 below RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 8 Mounting the IDUs Chapter 3 K Detachable C2LAN i M G Primary3 f K Detachable Rack mountin 11016 Trunks E1 T1 Standby pin Power Rack mounting brackets 3 Label Ports Port Connector Label brackets CD Ji9 Rack B D SFP H Secondary a J19 Rack mounting Indicator ODU E Alarms Port 3 pin Power Fa mounting holes LEDs Port Connector holes Figure 3 8 IDU C front panel In figure 3 9 we display a perspective view of the IDU C c mI Ul gt Figure 3 9 IDU C perspective view Further description of the keyed items in figure 3 8 is shown in table 3 1 below Table 3 1 Components of an IDU C front panel A Indicator LEDs See figure 3 10 B ODU Port RJ 45 connector see table H 1 LAN RJ45Ports Ethernet RJ 45 connector see table H 2 D LAN SFP Port See appendix I RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 9 Mounting the IDUs Chapter 3 Table 3 1 Components of an IDU C front panel E Alarm Ports Standard DB25 female connector see table H 5 F Label indent Place for adhesive identification labels G Primary 3 pin Power Connector Standard 3 pins in line power connector Secondary 3 pin Power see table H 6 Connector I Grounding Lug Use the lu
194. nternal Internal Date amp Time Message 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 8 Encrypted Link Figure 4 8 Opening RADWIN Manager window prior to installation A detailed field by field description of the contents of the RADWIN Manager main window may be found in chapter 5 The procedure required to make the link functional has three phases 1 Link Installation which we will detail below Release 2 2 Installing the Link First steps Chapter 4 Installation actually gets the link operational by setting the link parame ters It uses a fixed channel at the lowest possible modulation BPSK at 6 5Mbps and will work under the harsh interference condition During the installation procedure the definition of all parameters is gt NS automatically applied to both sides of the link ODUs as supplied by RADWIN set up with a factory default band If for some reason the default band needs to be changed it A should be done before link Installation The procedure is set out in Caution appendix E e Use of an incorrect band may be in violation of local regulations 2 Link Configuration described in chapter 5 Configuration provides much the same functionality as Installation but for a running link A fallback to Installation mode is provided for situa tions which cannot be ha
195. ntified at the Warnin RADWIN Manager is incompatible with lt local_site_name gt site g the ODU software version The Product is not identified at the Warning lt remote_site_name gt site The Product is not identified at both sites Warning Product Not Identified Warning ODU release is newer than RADWIN Manager release 2 2 OUAIS qu Ue Warning Wizards are not available RADWIN EE Manager will be used just for monitoring Upgrade the RADWIN Manager You will get this message as a pop up The Manager identified a newer ODU release at both Warning sites The Manager identified a newer ODU release at the Warning local site name site RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 15 Setting the Events Preferences Chapter 7 Table 7 5 RADWIN Manager Trap Messages ODU release is newer than RADWIN Manager release Newer Version identified at the local site name Warnin site g Wizards are not available RADWIN Manager will be used just for monitoring Upgrade the RADWIN Manager Newer Version identified at the lt remote_site_name gt Warning site Newer Version Identified Warning Setting the Events Preferences You can define a color for the messages to be displayed in the Event Log window according to the severity of the event The severity is predefined gt To set the Message color 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears 2 Click the Events Tab
196. o change the Link Password The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values winlink1000OduAdmSiteLinkPassword 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 22 DisplayString RW Site Link Password This parameter always returns when retrieving its value It is used by the Manager application to change the Link Password of the site The SNMP agent accepts only encrypted values winlink1000OduAdmDefaultPassword 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 23 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the current Link Password is the default password winlink1000OduAdmConnectionType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 24 Integer RO This parameter indicates if the Manager application is connected to the local ODU or to the remote ODU over the air A value of unknown indicates community string mismatch winlink1000OduAdmBackToFactorySetti 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 25 Integer RW Back to factory settings Command A change is ngsCmd effective after reset The read value is always 0 winlink1000OduAdmlpParamsCnfg 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 26 DisplayString RW ODU IP address Configuration The format is lt IP_Address gt lt Subnet_Mask gt lt Default_Gatewa y gt winlink10000duAdmVlanID 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 27 Integer RW VLAN ID Valid values are 1 to 4094 Initial value is 0 meaning VLAN unaware winlink10000duAdmVlanPriority 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 28 Integer RW VLAN Priority 0 is lowest priority 7 is highest priority winlink10000duAdmSN 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 1 29 DisplayString RO
197. og page 4 8 Clear Events Clear local events log Events Log page 7 13 Save to File Save events log file Preferences Local preferences dialog RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 13 Installing the Link Overview Table 4 6 RADWIN Manager main menu functionality Continued Clear counters Clear TDM counters Mainte Loopbacks Set loopbacks TDM only page 7 3 1 lt Site 1name Reset Site 1 name ODU Reset 2 Site 2 name gt Reset Site 2 name ODU RADWIN View online version of the User Manager Help Manual Link Budget Calculator opened in default appendix browser Help Get Diagnostics Information Obtain system information page 7 1 About RADWIN Manager build and system Manager information Table 4 7 RADWIN Manager Toolbar Link Configuration Changes configuration parameters of an operating wireless link assigns text files for storing alarms statistics and configuration data This button is disabled until a link installation has been completed Link Installation Performs preliminary configuration of the system This button is disabled after the link is installed Site Site 1 name Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site 1 name Same as Configuration 1 Configure Site 1 name Site Site 2 name Opens the Site configuration dialog for Site 2 name Same as Configuration 2 Configure Site 2 name
198. oint Use the appropriate wire gauge and type keeping the wire as short as possible less than 1m 3 between the stud and the site grounding point RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 C 5 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding Appendix C 7 Replace the cover 5e cable at regular intervals up the mast This may be as frequent as every There may also be regulatory requirements to cross bond the ODU IDU CAT gt No 10 meters 33 feet second Surge Arrestor Unit should be mounted at the building entry point and must be grounded as shown in figure C 3 above gt To mount the lightning protection at the building entry point 1 Mount the device outside the building located as near as possible to the entrance of the CAT 5e ODU IDU cable Mount the unit so that the cable connectors are at the bottom to prevent water from penetrating with the strain reliefs facing the ground Remove the cover by unscrewing the front of the unit Mount the unit to an outside surface using the two mounting holes Connect the ODU IDU cable using the RJ 45 jack Connect one cable between the IDU and the suppressor using an RJ 45 jack Connect the suppressor s ground stud to a grounding point Use the appropriate wire gauge and type keeping the wire as short as possible less than 1m 3 between the stud and the site grounding point Replace the cover RADWIN 2000 User Man
199. omputer satisfying the requirements of table 4 1 e installed copy of the RADWIN Manager A PoE device crossed Ethernet LAN cable e An IDU ODU cable The procedure gt To change the factory default band 1 Using the IDU ODU cable connect the PoE device to the ODU ensuring that the cable is plugged into the PoE port marked P LAN OUT 2 Connect the Poe device to AC power RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 1 The procedure Appendix E 3 Using a crossed LAN cable connect the LAN IN port of the PoE device to the Ethernet port of the managing computer The ODU will commence beeping at about once per second indicating correct operation 4 Launch the RADWIN Manager 5 Log on as Installer RADWIN Manager er sion 8 2 01 Build 8263 IP Address 1192 168 1 101 Password User Type Installer Community Read Only Z Read Write 000000 Figure E 1 Becoming Installer 6 Enter the default password wireless After a few moments the RAD WIN Manager main window appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 E 2 The procedure Appendix E RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Installer File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x r 10 Site Location anfigurat Get Diagnostics Location Site1 Site2 Radio Interface RSS dBm Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Ethernet Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate
200. on mode keeping current configuration set tings Configuring the Site Editing the Configuration Parameters by Site You can edit the configuration parameters for each site individually The fol lowing functions are available from the left side of the dialog box RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 1 Editing the Configuration Parameters by Site Chapter 6 Site Configuration A File Actions Help r 2 5 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Q Air Interface 5 Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync T Management bjectlD 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 20 3 1 2 Description wireless Link Inventory R Security Name Here Date amp Time Advanced Contact John 24 Ethernet 3X External Alarms Location 3 Operations Last Power Up 02 03 2008 13 22 08 OK Cancel Figure 6 1 Configuration Dialog Box Functions on the left of the dialog box System Edit the contact person and location details View the system details Air Interface Change the Tx Power cable loss antenna type and settings Inventory View the hardware and software inventory release numbers model identification MAC address Management Configure the IP address Subnet Mask Default Gateway the Trap Destination and VLAN Security Change the Community Values and the Link Password Date and Time Set the date and time of the link from an NTP servers or from the managing computer Advanced Choose Hub or Bridge OD
201. onfiguration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz 5 780 Channel Bandwidth MHz C Automatic Channel Selectid Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 8 Channel frequency options Selecting one of the frequencies presented returns you to the status of Figure 5 7 with the appropriate change If you choose Other the fol lowing window opens Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz Other 5 800 2 Channel Bandwidth MHz 20 C Automatic Channel Selection Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 9 Choosing an Other Operating Channel frequency RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 14 Configuring the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings Chapter 5 The right hand drop down list showing 5 800 allows you to fine tune the frequency in increments of 5MHz within a range of the operating band which in this example is 5 740 5 835 GHz For RADWIN 2000 radios the Channel Bandwidth is fixed at 20 MHz When you have completed making your choice click Next to continue Configuring the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings Link Configuration Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power and Antenna fields of local and remote sites Antenna Type Antenna G
202. opback is initiated from a managing computer connected to the local unit IDU C ODU ODU IDU C Test Equipment Figure 7 7 Remote Internal Loopback Remote External Loopback The remote unit can be set to an external loopback to test the remote E1 T1 port and its connection to the remote side user equipment In this mode RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 6 Local Internal Loopback Chapter 7 data coming from the remote user equipment is looped back to it locally This loopback is initiated by the managing computer connected to the local unit Test IDU C ODU ODU IDU C Equipment Figure 7 8 Remote External Loopback Local Internal Loopback The local unit can be set to close an internal loopback to test connection between the local and remote units and between the remote E1 T1 port and its connection to the remote user equipment In this mode data com ing from the remote user equipment is looped back to it locally This loop back is initiated by the managing computer connected to the local unit Test IDU C ODU ODU IDU C Equipment Figure 7 9 Local Internal Loopback Reinstalling and Realigning a Link It may be necessary to reinstall the link if the ODUs need to be realigned Activating Install Mode causes both sites to go into install mode causing disruption in service for approximately fifteen seconds Note gt To reinstall the link 1 Choose a site RADWIN 2000 Use
203. or unit E1 T1 configu rable e Unframed transparent RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 1 Key Applications Chapter 1 e Independent timing per port for both Tx and Rx e Compliant with ITU T standards G 703 and G 826 e Line codes E1 HDB3 T1 AMI and B8ZS e Support for new bands 2 3 2 4 GHz RADWIN 2000 radios support multi frequency bands including 2 4 GHz and 4 9 5 9 GHz according to FCC IC Canadian ETSI WPC Indian and MII Chinese regulations Frequency Band Selection built into the RADWIN Manager Software upgrade in RADWIN Manager e TheIDU C supports SFP Standard SFP FE modules are supported e Link Lock security feature Link Lock enables you to mutually lock both sides of a link to each other so as to exclude outside listening or intrusion Key Applications Cellular Backhaul RADWIN 2000 products enable cellular carriers to expand their networks in both rural and urban areas quickly and cost effectively RADWIN 2000 systems are ideally suited for a broad range of cellular backhaul deployment scenarios They empower carriers to expand their presence into remote and low ARPU areas provide enhanced overlay coverage in urban spots and can serve as an intermediate temporary or backup backhaul solution Figure 1 1 Typical Cellular Backhaul application WiMAX and IP Backhaul The RADWIN 2000 radio series offers WiMAX operators and ISPs a unique highly scalable and cost effective backhaul solution Desig
204. ordinates Installation Antenna height for LOS 4 Located to the right of the green Coordinates button is a drop down list of Climactic C Factor values It is only available if you choose a non adap tive rate Product Band 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC Integrated v Channel Bandwidth Tx Power 18 dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Antenna Gain Site A Site B dBi Radio Cable Loss Site A Site B dB EIRP 44 dBm 25 1 Watt Fade Margin e dB Rate 130 2 x 64 QAM 0 83 Adaptive oO Expected RSS Fade Marcin DES Min 0 1 Km 0 1 Miles Range Max 7 Km 4 3 Miles Required Climate 10 Km Good C 0 25 Ethernet Only Type Moderste C22 Services 99 9742 availability downtime 1 pont ap ER Ethernet Rate Full Duplex 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet Installation Antenna height for LOS 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance Calculate Figure B 6 Climactic C Factors RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 7 Running the Link Budget Calculator Appendix B For help about what these mean click the button to the right of the list in Figure B 6 RADWIN 2000 Link Budget WinLink Link Budget Product Band 5 740 5 825 GHz FCC Integrated v Channel Bandwidth Tx Power 18 dBm 8 18 Antenna Type Climate Terra
205. ormal Indicates that a device was extracted from SFP Port sfpPort1Clear 227 normal Indicates the SFP port 1 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description SFP port 1 status changed to connected 2 s 15 the Eth mode speed amp duplex compatibleldus 228 normal Indicates that the ODU has identified compatible Idus on both sides of the link RADWIN Manager Traps The RADWIN Manager application issues traps to indicate various events These traps are shown in the RADWIN Managerr Events Log A list of Trap Messages as displayed by the RADWIN Manager is shown in table 7 5 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 23 Appendix K External Alarms Specification External Alarms Specification The IDU C supports external input and output alarms through a standard DB25 pin female connector Input alarms The input alarms are raised by events from external equipment such as a fire warning door open or air conditioner failure Output alarms Output alarms are generated through dry contact relays to indicate vari ous system events according to the following table An alarm is raised if at least one of the conditions is met Table K 1 Output Alarms Description Output 1 e Link is down Ait interface Alam MINE in installation mode Link is up or equipment e Link authentication prob alarm is ON lem RN e
206. orts pinout H 2 typical installation 3 6 U User equipment connecting 4 20 5 11 W Wiring Specifications H 1 Alarm Connector IDU C H 2 Connectors User Port H 1 LAN Ports H 1 ODU IDU Cable H 1 Ports LAN H 1 User Port Connectors H 1 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release2 2 Index 5
207. ounding post should be connected to the internal ground point using a grounding wire of at least 10 AWG The grounding wire should be connected to a grounding rod or the building grounding system The device should be permanently connected to ground RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 C 2 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding Appendix C External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding Grounding Kit and Surge Arrestor Unit must be located near the ODU and properly grounded as illustrated in figures C 2 and below ODU Ground to tower Surge Arrestor Ground connections are within 30 cm Andrew Grounding Kit ODU IDU CAT5e cable Surge Arrestor m Andrew Grounding Kit Ground Figure C 2 Grounding a typical pole installation RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 C 3 External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding Ground connection within 30 cm ODU Surge Arrestor E ODU IDU CAT5e cable Surge Arrestor Grounding cable IDU Ground Figure C 3 Grounding a typical wall installation The next figure shows a close up of the rear of grounded ODU n Pole Ground Point To Antennas Surge Arrestor Andrew Ground Lug rear Grounding Kits ODU IDU CAT5e cable Figure C 4 ODU Surge Suppressor and grounding RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Appendix C External Lightning Surge Suppressors and Grounding Appendix C The Tran
208. ower LED gt To prepare a link using PoE devices 1 To connect the ODU to the PoE device route the cable from the ODU to the PoE device secure the cable along its path and connect the cable to the P LAN OUT RJ 45 connector on the PoE device 2 Connect it to AC power 3 Repeat steps 1 to 2 for the second link Connecting User Equipment gt To connect user equipment to the IDU 1 Connect user switch router or any other compatible device to the IDU panel RJ 45 ports designated LAN see item C in figure 3 8 above 2 Connect user E1 T1 traffic to the IDU panel RJ 45 ports designated TRUNKS labeled item L in figure 3 8 above 3 To use the SFP Port labeled item D in figure 3 8 above insert an SFP plug in module into the port and connect the user switch router or any other compatible device to the SFP plug in module Refer to appendix H for connector pinouts Do not connect two LAN ports to the same network flooding may Note gt To connect user equipment to the PoE device Connect a user switch router or any other compatible device to the PoE device RJ 45 port designated LAN IN Refer to appendix H for connector pinouts RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 12 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas Chapter 3 Connecting and Aligning ODUs Antennas You perform antenna alignment using the ODU s audible tone To speed up the installation time alignment of a RADWIN 2000 sys
209. ppendix C for detailed installation instructions of lightning protection devices General Itis recommended that installation of the outdoor unit be contracted to a professional installer e Before working on equipment connected to power lines or telecom munication lines you should remove jewelry or any other metallic object that may come into contact with energized parts e Use extreme care when installing antennas near power lines e Use extreme care when working at heights e When using an AC power source for RADWIN 2000 always use the AC power adapter supplied by RADWIN e Use the right tools In addition to standard tools required for any kind of ODU or antenna installation RADWIN 2000 requires addi tional specific tools detailed on page 3 5 below Package Contents The RADWIN 2000 packages include the following items ODU Package Contents The ODU package contains RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 2 ODU Package Contents Chapter 3 One ODU see figure 3 2 below for front and rear view An ODU mounting kit see figure 3 1 below e ACD containing e the RADWIN Manager e Quick Start Guide e User Manual e Link Budget Calculator Label showing the MAC address and the alternative Community string The label is self adhesive You should keep this label safe Cable glands to be used with the ODU IDU cable PP a a SF Es Figure 3 1 ODU Mounting kit C L
210. ps RADWIN Manager Traps The RADWIN Manager application issues traps to indicate various events displayed in the Events Log Table 7 5 RADWIN Manager Trap Messages Chapter 7 RADWIN Manager will not catch any Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already in Warnin traps from the ODU some other use by ProcessName pid ProcessId 9 application has grabbed this port For further detail see this web site Device unreachable Error Check connectivity to ODU Connected to site name Information site name Site will be reset Information Restore Factory Default Settings in process on Site Information lt site_name gt Factory Settings The process was not finished due to Warni Factory setting failed due to connectivity nee arning connection issues problem to ODU Reset The process was not finished due to Warnin Factory setting failed due to connectivity connection issues g problem to target ODU will not be reset Cannot Write to Monitor file There is not enough Warni Free some space on disk on the arning 4 space on the disk managing computer and retry Windows Error lt error_ID gt Cannot Write to Monitor Warnin Operating System error on the managing file g computer TDM Counters were cleared for both sides Information Identical IP addresses at lt local_site_name gt and Warning Set up a different IP to each site lt remote_site_name gt The Product is not ide
211. ptive Rate change is effective immediately after Set operation to the master side while the link is up winlink1000OduAirLinkDistance 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 29 Integer RO Link distance in meters value of 1 indicates an illegal value and is also used when a link is not established winlink1000OduAirLinkWorkingMode 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 30 Integer RO Link working mode as a result of comparing versions of both sides of the link Possible modes are Unknown no link Normal versions on both sides are identical with full compatibility with restricted compatibility or versions on both sides are different with software upgrade or versions incompatibility winlink1000OduAirMajorLinklfVersion 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 31 Integer RO Major link interface version winlink1000OduAirMinorLinklfVersion 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 32 Integer RO Minor link interface version winlink1000OduAirHssDesiredOpState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 1 Integer RW Required Hub Site Synchronization operating state winlink1000OduAirHssCurrentOpState 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 2 Integer RO Current Hub Site Synchronization operating state winlink1000OduAirHssSyncStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 3 Integer RO Hub Site Synchronization sync status winlink1000OduAirHssExtPulseStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 4 Integer RO Hub Site Synchronization external pulse detection status winlink1000OduAirHssExtPulseType 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 40 5 Integer RO Hub
212. pulse sources disappeared hssSyncToProperSourceAchievedClear 219 normal Indicates that synchronization to a proper Sync source was achieved Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS sync pulse Up hssSyncPulseDisappearedClear 220 normal Indicates that HSS additional sync pulse disappeared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS additional sync pulse was disappeared tdmBackupClear 221 normal Indicates that the TDM main link was activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description TDM main link was activated linkLockAuthorizedRemoteODU 222 normal Indicates that the remote ODU is authorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Authorized remote ODU connection accepted linkLockAuthorizedODU 223 normal Indicates that the ODU is authorized Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Authorized ODU connection permitted linkAuthenticationDisabled 224 normal Indicates that the Link Lock is disabled Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Link Authentication has been disabled hotStandbyClear 225 normal Indicates that the Primary Link Was Activated Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Primary Link Is Active sfpExtraction 226 n
213. put degradation in case of interference The degradation is proportional to the BBER RSL Threshold RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 12 Events Alarms and Traps Chapter 7 RSL Threshold can also be used as an indicator of problems in the radio channel You can check the RSS by from the Link Budget Calculator results during installation A value of 5dB from the current RSS is recommended as a threshold Events Alarms and Traps S The Events Log The Events Log records system failures loss of synchronization loss of sig nal compatibility problems and other fault conditions and events The foregoing event types include events from all links for which this managing computer has been defined as the traps address Only events from RADWIN equipment will be shown Alarms traps are displayed in the Events Log in the lower panel of the main window The Events Log may be saved as a text file The Events Log includes the following fields gt gt Sequential number ID Date and time stamp Message Trap source gt gt IP address of the ODU that initiated alarm For complete information about traps and alarms see appendix J table J 3 The events are displayed in the Events Log in the lower part of the RADWIN Manager main window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 13 The Events Log Chapter 7 RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x 2 Link Con
214. r The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 1 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 1 User Text Alarm externalAlarmInPort2Alarm 106 major The trap is sent every time an alarm occurs in the External Alarm Input of port 2 Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 2 User Text Alarm bitFailedAlarm 107 critical The trap is sent if there is no way to recover from the situation Contains two parameters 1 Description ODU power up built in test failed Error code is n 2 n number wrongConfigurationLoadedAlarm 108 major The trap is sent if there is a way to recover from the situation Contains two parameters 1 Description Wrong configuration loaded Error code is n 2 n number lanPort1DisconnectedAlarm 109 major Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description LAN port 1 status changed to disconnected lanPort2DisconnectedAlarm 110 major Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description LAN port 2 status changed to disconnected mngPortDisconnectedAlarm 111 major Indicates the management port status changed to disconnected Contains a single parameter which is its des
215. r application If the installation program fails to start browse to your CD DVD drive chose the setup exe program and run it Any PC running the RADWIN Manager application can be used to configure a RADWIN 2000 link Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager If your links are within easy reach you can configure them using the proce dure described below If however your links are to be geographically scat tered it may be convenient to pre load each ODU with its network address prior to physical installation The procedure is quite straight forward and set out in appendix D d Each ODU requires a static IP address since part of the link definition is the IP address pair of both ODUs Network Managers should ensure that these addresses are outside of the automatic allocation ranges used by their Note network DHCP server gt To start the RADWIN Manager 1 Connect the managing computer to one of the two LAN ports as shown in figure 4 1 below RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 2 Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager Chapter 4 LAN Figure 4 1 LAN ports on the front panel of the IDU C If you are not using a direct connection as above ensure that you have IDU to managing computer connectivity e g through a LAN 2 Check that you have connectivity to the ODU You can do this by opening up a command line session Start Run and then type cmd At the command prompt type ping 10 0 0 120 You
216. r Manual Release 2 2 7 7 The Link Budget Calculator Chapter 7 The Configuration dialog box opens 2 In the Configuration dialog box click the Install Mode button message box asking if you want to enter install mode appears 3 Click Yes to continue The system enters Install mode and the alignment tone becomes audi ble 4 Realign the ODUs and start the Installation wizard see chapter 4 The Link Budget Calculator The Link Budget Calculator is part of the RADWIN Manager software and is found in the Help menu This useful utility enables you to calculate the expected performance of the wireless link and the possible configurations for a specific link range including antenna size cable loss and climate condi tions For full details see appendix B Performance Monitoring RADWIN 2000 Performance Monitoring constantly monitors traffic over the radio link and collects statistics data for the air interface TDM and Ethernet ports It does so continuously even when the RADWIN Manager is not con nected Two types of logs are recorded Monitor Log that records statistics on traffic rate and radio signal strength e Events Log that records when the rates fall above or below a pre defined threshold Both the statistics Monitor log and events log can be saved as text files The Monitor Log The Monitor Log records performance statistics for predefined intervals You can save the monitor log to a text file as well a
217. r Site Requirements The following requirements guarantee proper operation of the system e For IDU C units allow at least 90 cm 36 of front clearance for operating and maintenance accessibility Allow at least 10 cm 4 clearance at the rear of the unit for signal lines and interface cables ambient operating temperature should be 0 to 50 C 32 to 122 F at a humidity of up to 90 non condensing Stage 3 RF Survey D The survey examines the wireless environment of the RADWIN 2000 installation site to determine whether there are available channels within the RADWIN 2000 operating frequency band An RF survey is performed using a spectrum analyzer It is advisable to familiarize yourself with the spectrum analyzer before going out on site specifically the Max Hold and Marker functions You should perform the RF survey at both proposed link sites The survey should be carried out during a busy time of day to best judge the worst case radio interference Allow 2 4 hours duration for a good RF survey It is possible to install the RADWIN 2000 link and use the RADWIN Manager to find a clear channel Each frequency channel can be evaluated in turn Achievement of a clear channel is indicated by the Quality bar on the Channel Setting window see figure 4 14 becoming green RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 2 4 Chapter 3 Hardware Installation This chapter sets out the requirements
218. r a given air rate is the largest range for which ExpectedRSS Sensitivity RequiredFadeMargin Service The Ethernet and configured TDM trunks throughput is calculated according to internal product algorithms Availability The Service Availability calculation is based on the Vigants Barnett method which predicts the downtime probability based on a climate factor C fac tor RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 2 Antenna Height Appendix B Availability 6 x 10 7 x Cfactor x frequencygg RequiredRangeg y ExpectedFadeMargin x 10 Antenna Height The recommended antenna height required for line of sight is calculated as the sum the Fresnel zone height and the boresight height See About the Fresnel Zone below Using the notation of figure B 9 below splitting ExpectedRange into dz the Fresnel zone height at distance d from the left hand antenna is given by 300 d 0 6 For the most conservative setting we take the mid point between the _ ExpectedRange antennas setting d d 2 300 Expectedange requencygg 2 which gives 0 6 x ExpectedRange ExpectedRange 2 2 simplifying to 0 52 ExpectedRange frequency The boresight clearance height is calculated as 2 tedR 2 jr Maean EE R Maean where R 6367 4425Km Running the
219. rentIndex winlink1000IduTdmCurrentlndex RO Table index Same as winlink1000IduTdmLinelndex winlink1000IduTdmCurrentBlocks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 101 Counter RO Number of correct blocks transmitted to the line winlink1000IduTdmCurrentDrops 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 102 Counter RO Number of error blocks transmitted to the line winlink1000IduTdmCurrentTxClock 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 103 Integer RW Transmit Clock change is effective after re activation of the TDM service winlink1000IduTdmCurrentBlocksHigh 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 7 1 104 Counter RO High part of the 64 bits counter Current Blocks winlink1000IlduTdmRemoteQual 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 8 Integer RO Estimated average interval between error second events The valid values are 1 2 31 where a value of 1 is used to indicate an undefined state winlink1000IduTdmRemoteQualEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 9 Integer RO Estimated average interval between error second events during evaluation process The valid values are 1 2 31 where a value of 1 is used to indicate an undefined state winlink1000lduTdmSrvEval 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 10 Integer RW Evaluated TDM service bit mask Setting this parameter to value that is bigger than the activated TDM service bit mask will execute the evaluation process for 30 seconds Setting this parameter to 0 will stop the evaluation process immediately winlink1000IlduTdmBackupAvailableLinks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458
220. reset Site B gt To reset the link preserving current configuration 1 From Maintenance on the main window reset the remote unit 2 From Maintenance on the main window reset the local unit gt To reset to Factory Defaults 1 Choose either of the sites to be reset The Configuration dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 20 IDU Detection Chapter 6 2 Choose Operations in the Configuration dialog box Site Configuration File Actions Help ki a 3 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Operations Factory Settings Q Air Interface Restore to Factory Default Settings will bring down the connection 4 Tx Power amp Ant Site Configuration dialog box will be closed 2 Hub Site Sync Management Inventory Restore Defaults R Security IDU Detection Mode Date amp Time o Advanced dk Ethernet External Alarms M Enabled Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 18 Site Configuration Reset to factory defaults 3 Click the Restore Defaults button message box asking if you want to restore factory default settings appears RADWIN Manager Are you sure you want to Restore Factory Default Settings The link may be unreachable after the process This process takes several seconds and is Followed by a device reset Default IP Address 10 0 0 120 4 Click the check box if you want to keep the current IP
221. rne i Lee Doe Re ge nie et teneur L 1 Protection contre la foudre seien nennen nenne nnn nnne nne nnn nenne nnne nnne nnn L 2 Pr cautions de s curit pendant le montage de ODU eese L 2 Connecter la terre IDU Cu sae sanas nna sai aane nana L 3 Installation sur pyl ne et MUR RE diuo cod cd prora ent den L 4 Contenu du kit de montage 0 nennen nennen nennen nennen nnns L 4 dore bns e Eee een bn etes L 5 Montage SUP L 6 Montage d une antenne nennen nenne nnne nennen nenne nennen nn L 7 Contenu du kit de montage d une antenne externe 2 11 L 7 Index RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 List of Figures FIGURE 1 1 TYPICAL CELLULAR BACKHAUL APPLICATION eene nemen nnn nnn 1 2 FIGURE 1 2 TYPICAL WIMAX AND IP BACKHAUL nnn nnn 1 3 FIGURE 1 3 TYPICAL BROADBAND ACCESS 1 3 FIGURE 1 4 PRIVATE NETWORK ccccceccececaueuseusucueusausueaueusaueusuueeuaueusaususauaueaueuseusanas 1 4 FIGURE 1 5 EXAMPLE OF LINK ARCHITECTURE SYSTEM 1 7 FIGURE 1 6 ODU FORM FACTORS cccececeuecceusecauecuaususeusevaueaueuseuaueguausueeusevaueuueusanas 1 8 FIGURE 1 7 IDU C ETHERNE
222. roduct label The serial number and the MAC address are displayed in the Site Configuration inventory tab When you have the alternative Community key click the Forgot Commu nity button and enter the Alternative Community key Figure 6 15 Then change the read write Community string RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 15 Link Lock Security Feature Chapter 6 Alternative Community Alternative Community The Alternative Read Write Community is supplied with the product It may also be obtained via Customer Support Please have the unit s Serial Number and or MAC Address ready when requesting an Alternative Read Write Community Enter the Alternative Read Write Community A Figure 6 15 Alternative Community Dialog box Link Lock Security Feature Link Lock is a part of the RADWIN 2000 security concept intended to meet a form of abuse encountered in the field It is designed to prevent the situation where a remote ODU can be stolen and used as a pirate link to steal services or information The Link Lock feature actually locks the local ODU to be synchronized ONLY to specific remote ODU It is a site oriented feature The lock can only be set from a live link It is based on MAC authentication and is site oriented and activated on a per ODU basis For example if you lock the Site ODU to the Site A ODU you must still lock the Site A to the Site to ensure complete two way locki
223. round the center of the direct wave The outer boundary of the first Fresnel zone is defined as the combined path length of all paths which are half wavelength 1 2 of the frequency transmitted longer than the direct path If the total path distance is one wavelength 1 longer than the direct path then the outer boundary is said to be two Fresnel zones Odd number Fresnel zones rein force the direct wave path signal even number Fresnel zones cancel the direct wave path signal The amount of the Fresnel zone clearance is determined by the wavelength of the signal the path length and the distance to the obstacle For reliabil ity point to point links are designed to have at least 60 of the first Fresnel zone clear to avoid significant attenuation The concept of the Fresnel zone is shown in Figure B 9 above The top of the obstruction does not extend far into the Fresnel zone leaving 60 of the Fresnel zone clear therefore the signal is not significantly attenuated For more about Fresnel zone see http en wikipedia org wiki Fresnel zone RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 10 Appendix C Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines Meticulous implementation of the guidelines in this appendix will provide best protection against electric shock and lightning 100 protection is neither implied nor possible This appendix is at best guide The actual degree of lightning protection requir
224. rs for an external antenna Connectorized ODU The ODU may be mounted on a pole or a wall and connects to the IDU or PoE device using a CAT5e cable The ODU comes in two form factors as shown in figure 1 6 below RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 7 RADWIN 2000 Link Chapter 1 Connectorized Integrated Figure 1 6 ODU Form Factors e Integrated Antenna ODU This ODU has an integrated 370mm 1 2ft flat panel antenna The ODU contains both the radio and the antenna as a single unit housed in a weatherproof case e Connectorized ODU This ODU has 2xN type connectors for connecting an external antenna RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 8 RADWIN 2000 Link The ODU products available in release 2 2 are shown below Table 1 1 Available C onnectorized ODU Products Release 2 2 Chapter 1 5 9 GHz Universal X V X x Factory 5 8 GHz FCC IC X default x x 5 8 GHz MII China X x x Factory 5 8 GHz WPC India X default x 5 4 GHz FCC iv v x 5 4 GHz IC iv V X x 5 4 GHz Universal X v x x 5 3 GHz FCC IC iv x x 5 3 GHz Universal X V X x Factory 4 9 GHz FCC x x default x x 4 9 GHz Universal X V x x 5 8 GHz ETSI x Factory 5 4 GHz ETSI x x default 5 3 GHz ETSI X x x 2 4 GHz FCC IC X x RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1
225. rt The LAN 10 100BaseT interface terminates an 8 pin RJ 45 connector wired in accordance to table H 2 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Version 2 2 H 1 Trunk Ports E1 T1 RJ45 Connector Appendix H Table H 2 Fast Ethernet Connector Pinout TD Transmit Data positive TD Transmit Data negative 1 2 3 RD Receive Data positive 6 RD Receive Data negative Trunk Ports E1 T1 RJ45 Connector The E1 T1 interfaces terminate in 8 pin RJ 45 connectors as shown in table H 3 below Table H 3 Trunk Ports EI T1 RJ45Pinout TxTip Transmit Data Tip TxRing Transmit Data Ring 1 2 4 RxTip Receive Data Tip 5 RxRing Receive Data Ring Hot Standby Port RJ11 Table H 4 Hot Standby RJ11 Port Pinout Alarm out Alarm in 1 2 3 Ground 4 Ground IDU C Alarm Connector The IDU C Alarm interface is a 25 pin D type female connector Its pinout is listed in table H 5 Table H 5 IDU C Alarm Connector Dry Contact Input 1 Positive 14 Input 1 Negative 15 Input 2 Positive 16 Input 2 Negative 17 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Version 2 2 H 2 IDU C Alarm Connector Appendix H Table H 5 IDU C Alarm Connector Dry Contact Continued Input 3 Positive 18 Input 3 Negative 19 Input 4 Positive 20 Input 4 Negative 21 Output 1 Normally Open 1
226. rt 3 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 3 User Text Alarm Cleared externalAlarmInPort4Clear 213 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 4 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 4 User Text Alarm Cleared swVersionsMatchFullCompatibilityClear 214 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible swVersionsMatchRestrictedCompatibilityClear 215 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match and link functionality is not restricted Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible swVersionsMatchSoftwareUpgradeRequiredClear 216 normal The trap is sent if SW versions match and SW upgrade is successful Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible swVersionsCompatibleClear 217 normal The trap is sent if SW versions compatible Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description Software Versions compatible hssMultipleSourcesDisappearedClear 218 normal Indicates that multiple sync pulse sources disappeared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description HSS multiple sync
227. rver from which the current time is loaded winlink10000duAgnNTPCfgTimeOffsetFr omUTC 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 2 Integer RW Offset from Coordinated Universal Time minutes Possible values 1440 1440 winlink1000OduAgnRealTimeAndDate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 2 3 OctetString RW This parameter specifies the real time and date Format YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Hexadecimal A date time specification field octets contents 0 65536 3 month 1 12 4 1 31 5 hour 0 23 6 minutes 0 59 7 seconds 0 60 use 60 for leap second 8 deci seconds 0 9 N For example Tuesday May 26 1992 at 1 30 15 PM EDT would be displayed as 07 c8 05 1a Od 1e Of 00 1992 5 26 13 30 15 winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmLastChang e 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 7 3 1 Integer RO This counter is initialized to 0 after a device reset and is incremented upon each change in the winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable either an addition or removal of an entry winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmTable N A This table includes the currently active alarms When a RAISED trap is sent an alarm entry is added to the table When a CLEAR trap is sent the entry is removed winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmEntry N A Entry containing the details of a currently RAISED trap INDEX winlink1000OduAgnCurrAlarmCounter RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 14 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private
228. s Fps Ethernet Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask Trap Destination Not Responding Transmitting Channel 5 280 GHz Events Log Number Date amp Time Message Trap Source IP Address 000001 16 03 2009 11 25 22 Location Site wil be reset Internal 000002 16 03 2009 11 25 28 Device unreachable Internal 000003 16 03 2009 11 26 05 Connected to Location Internal amp x2 Connection Available Connection Mode Network IP Address 192 168 1 101 Figure E 6 Ma n Window after band change and you are placed in installation mode DFS is different and desctibed If you carry ou this operation on a link the band is effective on both sites gt Note below Changing Band for DFS Changing to a DFS band is similar to the foregoing procedure The DFS bands are listed in tables 1 1 and 1 2 As soon as you establish a link using a DFS band you are offered Configura tion only in the man menu Installation mode is disabled Special Products or Features Entering a License Key If you go to the Operations window as Installer figure E 7 you will see a provision for entering a license key Should you ever require such a key the procedure is as follows gt To enter a License key 1 Log on as Installer as for the previous procedure 2 Click the Site Location tool bar button From the main tool b
229. s Configuration pane use the drop down menu to choose the configuration 4 Click Apply to save the changes It is possible to close the Ethernet service by disconnecting the Ethernet port If you close the port you may subsequently be unable to access the device If this should occur a workaround is as follows D e Connect the system from the remote site e Connect via other Ethernet port of the IDU e Power down the equipment and connect immediately after power up the fastest way is to enter install mode Setting the Maximum Information Rate The maximum Ethernet throughput of the link can be limited The default setting is Not Limited see figure 6 9 above where the highest information rate available for the link conditions and settings is used gt To limit the Ethernet information rate 1 From the Configuration menu choose the site to reconfigure 2 Click Advanced Ethernet The Configuration dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 11 Setting the Maximum Information Rate Site Configuration A File Actions Help 2 Restore Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Air Interface 94 Tx Power amp Ant ODU Mode 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Bridge Configuration IDU Aging Time sec Ethemet Ports Configuration R Cane Mode Date amp Time ODU 100Mbps Full Duplex Auto Detec
230. s display the information in an on screen report Saving the Monitor Log You can save the recorded Monitor Log statistics to a text file gt To save the monitor log 1 From the Tools menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 8 The Monitor Log Chapter 7 Preferences Monitor Events Advanced Monitor File File ings Default User My DocumentsNMonitor txt m Interval 1 Cancel Figure 7 10 Preferences dialog box 2 Click the Monitor Tab 3 Select the file to save 4 Click the check box to open the file for saving 5 Click the button and in the Select File dialog box indicate in which folder and under what name the monitor log file is to be saved 6 Set the time interval for adding data to the file 7 Click OK to save the file Viewing Performance Reports The Performance Monitor Report displays performance views of each of the interfaces gt To obtain performance monitoring reports 1 From the main menu choose Tools Performance Monitoring Report You are presented with the following window 1 Ethernet performance is not collected from PoE devices RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 9 The Monitor Log Chapter 7 Performance Monitoring Report File Configuration Help J g Get Data Clear Thresholds Selection Pane Report Selection Interface Air Ethernet Port
231. sents the Ethernet service availability state winlink1000lduSrvEthThroughput 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 14 Gauge RO Current available Ethernet service throughput in bps winlink1000IduSrvEthMaxInfoRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 15 Integer RW Holds the maximum bandwidth kbps to be allocated for Ethernet service Value of zero means that Ethernet service works as best effort The maximum value is product specific Refer to the user manual winlink1000IduSrvAvailableTrunksT 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 16 Integer RO A bitmap describing the TDM trunks that can be opened under T1 configuration The values take into account the IDU hardware configuration the air rate and the installation range winlink1000IduEthernetlfTable N A IDU Ethernet Interface table winlink1000IduEthernetlfEntry N A IDU Ethernet Interface table entry INDEX winlink1000IduEthernetlfindex winlink1000IduEthernetlflndex RO If Index corresponding to this Interface winlink1000IduEthernetlfAddress 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 1 1 5 DisplayString RO IDU MAC address winlink1000IlduEthernetNumOfLanPorts 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 3 Integer RO Number of LAN interfaces in the IDU winlink1000lduEthernetNumOfSfpPorts 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 4 Integer RO The number of SFP interfaces in the IDU winlink1000IduEthernetSfpProperties 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 3 5 DisplayString RO SFP venfor properties Vendor Name PN and Revision winlink1000IduBridgeTpAging 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000
232. setup TDM port loopbacks Retrieving Link Information Get Diagnostics The Get Diagnostics feature collects and writes all link and Manager infor mation from both sites into a text file The file information can be used for diagnostics and should be sent to RADWIN Customer Support to speed up assistance The following table lists link and system information that can be monitored Table 7 1 Get Diagnostics Data and Description System Data General information about the system e List of main windon system events includ ing those from other sites if this one is events Log defined as a trap address e Last 256 events from both sites Link Information Information about the link properties RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 1 Link Compatibility Chapter 7 Table 7 1 Get Diagnostics Data and Description Continued Site Configuration Data about the site parameters Active Alarms List of active alarms Performance Monitor Network performance data over defined time periods Monitor Detailed event data record gt To get diagnostics 1 On the Help menu choose Get Diagnostic Information she Diagnostics Information File Help Start Available Data System Data Link Information Events Log Site Configuration Active Alarms Performance Monitor Monitor File Path d My Documents Diagnostic Information txt Figure 7 1 Get Diagnos
233. should see something like this C WINDOWS system32 cmd exe Microsoft Windows XP Version 5 1 2666 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings vera gt ping 10 0 0 120 Pinging 10 0 0 128 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 6ms TTL 63 Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 3ms TTL 63 Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 3ms TTL 63 Reply from 10 0 0 120 bytes 32 time 3ms TTL 63 Ping statistics for 10 0 0 120 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost z loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum 3ms Maximum 6ms Average 3ms C Documents and Settings vera gt Figure 4 2 Pinging an uninstalled and unconfigured link Any other response from ping means that the ODU is not responding Check your Ethernet connection and that both the IDU and ODU are switched on and then try again If you do not succeed seek assistance from RADWIN Customer Support 3 Dismiss the command line session 4 Double click the RADWIN Manager icon on the desktop or click Start Programs RADWIN Manager RADWIN Manager The Login dialog box appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 3 The RADWIN Manager log on Concept Chapter 4 IP Address Local Connection Password Figure 4 3 Log on Window The RADWIN Manager log on Concept The RADWIN Manager provides three levels of access To see them click Options at any time in the Lo
234. software for a link 1 In the RADWIN Manager main menu click Tools Software Upgrade The following detached window appears Software Upgrade Tool DER Fie Actions E Start Upgrade Stop Upgrade AddSite Clear all Upgrade Package Save Configuration Close Software Upgrade details Available Release Description C Backup device software C Perform Reset to each device after successful upgrade Software Upgrade Link Name IP Address Site Name Current Release Progress Status Details TPSF_BTT Ditect connection 1921681101 2 2 05_b2242 Feb 52009 KA Airconnection 1921681102 2 2 05_b2242 Feb 52009 Figure F 1 Software Upgrade Utility Main window RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 F 1 Upgrading an Installed Link Appendix F The default sites shown in the Software Upgrade list panel belong to the currently link The list may be empty if you are running the RADWIN Manager offline 2 Click Add Site to add additional sites for upgrade Add Site Clear al Upgrade Pz ls Add Single Site Add From File E Figure F 2 Add site options Click Add Single Site for one site only e Add Site for Software Upgrade IP Address Read Only Community Read Write Community Figure F 3 Adding a single site for upgrade Enter the IP address of the site the Community strings Default public and netman respectively and then
235. ssoooy R The parameter defines whether to send Ethernet frames to detect an IDU The valid writable values are userDisabled 3 userEnabled 4 A change requires a reset and is effective after reset winlink1000IduAdmMountedTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 8 Integer RO Number of mounted trunks in the IDU winlink10O0IlduAdmLicensedTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 1 9 Integer RO Number of Licensed Trunks in the IDU winlink1000IduSrvDesiredTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 2 Integer RW Required trunks bitmap Note that the number of possible trunks that can be configured may vary based on the IDU hardware configuration the selected air interface rate and the range of the installation The provided Manager application enables the user to select only available configurations A change is effective immediately if applied to a master unit and the link is in service mode winlink1000IduSrvServices 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 4 ObjectlD RO This parameter is reserved to the Manager application provided with the product winlink1000IduSrvActiveTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 6 Integer RO A bitmap describing the currently open TDM trunks winlink1000IduSrvAvailableTrunks 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 2 8 Integer RO A bitmap describing the number of TDM trunks that can be opened in the current configuration The values take into account the IDU hardware configuration t
236. stallation Parameters T5 Management Installation Frequency GHz Inventory y GHz 2 Security D Date amp Time Advanced d Ethernet Channel Bandwidth MHz 3X External Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 2 Air interface details Changing the Transmit Power Each site can have a different Tx Power level gt To change the Transmit Power 1 Choose a site to configure The Configuration dialog box opens RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 Site Management IP Address and VLAN Chapter 6 2 Choose Air Interface see figure 6 3 3 Choose the required Transmit Tx Power Level 4 Click Apply to save the changes Site Configuration A File Actions Help 2 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off System Tx Power and Anten Q Air Interface Antenna Type Tx Power amp Ant 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Required Tx Power per radio Installation Mode Inventory Tx Power per radio R Security Tx Power system Date amp Time Advanced Antenna Gain Ethernet Cable Loss 3X Extemal Alarms Max EIRP 3 Operations EIRP OK Cancel Figure 6 3 Changing the Transmit Power For detailed explanation about the relationship between these parameters see page 4 21 to 4 27 This action will affect service quality The same considerations apply here as were noted in the Installation procedure on page 4 24 Caution Site Management I
237. stector protection circuits shown in figure C 5 below utilize silicon avalanche diode technology The unit consists of an outdoor rated NEMA 3R type enclosure with easy mounting flanges ground stud attachment and easy wiring The ALPU POE features RJ 45 protection circuits for the ODU IDU data pairs pins 1 2 amp 3 6 and DC power pins 4 5 amp 6 7 with the pairs bonded The unit is designed to be wall mounted An optional set of bracket is avail able to allow a wide range of pole mount applications A dedicated ground stud is provided inside the unit that must be bonded to the nearest ground ing system or Master Ground bar for proper surge protection The system wiring is installed with RJ 45 type connectors that can feed directly into the chassis without having to cut splice or route through awk ward strain relief holes Figure C 5 Transtector s Surge Suppressor gt To mount the lightning protection devices 1 Mount the device as close to the ODU as possible Mount the unit so that the cable connectors are at the bottom to prevent water from penetrat ing with the strain reliefs facing the ground Remove the cover by unscrewing the front of the unit Mount the unit to an outside surface using the two mounting holes Connect the ODU IDU cable using the RJ 45 jack Connect one cable between the ODU and the suppressor using an RJ 45 jack BR W N 6 Connect the suppressor s ground stud to a grounding p
238. string allows display and set commands Supported Telnet commands are shown in table 6 2 Note that some of the commands are model specific For example TDM commands will not apply to Ethernet only and PoE based links Table 6 2 Telnet Commands Command Explanation display inventory Displays ODU product name Name Location hardware and software revisions uptime MAC address IDU product name IDU software and hardware revisions display management Displays IP Subnet Gateway Traps table display link Displays State Link ID Channel BW RSS TSL Frequency ACS DFS Rate ARA Distance display ethernet Displays Bridge Mode Aging time Port table State Status and action display tdm Displays Clock Mode Master Clock Mode Current Clock Quality TDM table Line status Error Blocks RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 22 Configuration with Telnet Chapter 6 Table 6 2 Telnet Commands Continued Command Explanation display ntp Displays Time Server and Offset display PM Shows the performance monitor tables for each interface interface AIR LAN1 LAN2 TDM1 TDM2 TDM16 gt lt interval current day month gt according to user defined monitoring intervals set ip lt ipaddr gt lt subnetMask gt lt gateway gt Set the ODU IP address subnet mask and gateway The user must reset the ODU after the command completion set trap lt index 1 10 gt lt ipaddr gt lt port
239. t Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate TDM Service TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks E1 Ports Frequency 5 820 GHz Events Log Number 000001 000002 Trap Source IP Address Internal Internal Date amp Time Message 26 02 2009 12 16 13 Cannot bind to trap service port Port 162 already 26 02 2009 12 16 14 Connected to Location IP Address 192 168 1 101 8 Encrypted Link Figure 4 34 Main window of the manager after installation gt To verify the installation Caution RADWIN 2000 User Manual e Verify that the Radio Signal Strength RSS is according to expected results as determined by the Link Budget Calculator Installation mode as described above may be re entered using Site A or Site B and Installation Mode in the Site Configuration dialog Some Installation mode functionality may cause a break in or degrade link service If you can accomplish link changes without affecting the service always prefer to use Configuration mode described in chapter 5 Release 2 2 4 37 Chapter 5 Configuring the Link This chapter describes the link configuration procedure which is performed after the installation of both sides of the RADWIN 2000 link as set out in chapters 3 and 4 Link configuration uses a Link Configuration wizard to redefine the configu ration parameters and fine tune an operational link Both sides of the link are configured simultaneously Link configura
240. t selector 2 Enter the radio details Note that Rate is chosen from a drop down list RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 B 5 Running the Link Budget Calculator RADWIN 2000 Link Budget Product Band Channel Bandwidth Tx Power Antenna Type Antenna Gain Radio Cable Loss EIRP Fade Margin Rate Expected RSS Fade Margin Min Range Required Climate Type Services Ethernet Rate Full Duplex Installation Antenna height for LOS Figure B 4 Rate selector Appendix B WinLink Link Budget 5 740 5 835 GHz FCC Integrated v 18 jdBm 8 18 Site A dBi Site Site A Site B dB 44 dBm 25 1 Watt dB 130 2 x 4 QAM 0 83 Adaptive 13 2 x BPSK 0 5 26 2 x QPSK 0 5 39 Mb s 2 x QPSK 0 75 52 2 x 1 QAM 0 5 78 Mb s 2 x 16 QAM 0 75 104 Mb s 2 x 64 QAM 0 66 117 2 x 64 QAM 0 75 130 Mb s 2 x 64 QAM 0 83 Ethernet Only 48 5 Mb s Ethernet Only 9 Meter 30 Feet 7 Meter 23 Feet 0 6 Fernel 2 Meter 7 Feet Boresight clearance D 3 If you choose Adaptive Rate then the Rate list is unavailable as is the Climate factor list Both of these quantities are calculated The Rate shown defines the air interface rate in Mbps The system operates in TDD mode and has the overhead of the air interface pro toco Thus the Ethernet actual throughput is provided by the Ethernet Rate
241. tem should be performed by two teams simultaneously at site A and at site B gt To align ODUs with integrated antennas or external bipolar antennas Warning 1 For external bipolar antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connec tors connect the vertical polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 1 connector of the ODU For external bipolar antennas Using a coax cable with N Type connec tors connect the horizontal polarization connector of the antenna to the ANT 2 connector of the ODU 3 Ensure that power is connected to the IDUs at both sites Ensure normal operation of the IDUs by the LED indications on the front panel Provided that site A detects the signal from site B the ODU starts beep ing 20 seconds after power up and continues beeping until the ODUs are aligned and the installation is complete In the following steps antenna refers both to an external antenna and an integrated antenna Direct the antenna of site B in the direction of site A This is simplified if a previous site survey has been completed and azimuths are known When aligning the antennas do not stand in front of a live antenna Make a horizontal sweep of 180 degrees with the site A antenna so that the strongest signal from site B can be detected Slowly turn the site A antenna back towards the position of site B listen ing to the tone until the best signal is reached See the following figure for
242. tems 2 3 4 5 as shown Use tightening torque of 24 N m Qe xe Attach item 6 to the arm mate knurled surfaces 2 A 6 using items 2 3 4 5 as shown 6 3 4 5 Use tightening torque of 24 N m Install ant to wall hardware supplied by customer ODU Figure A 5 Mounting on a Wall Mounting an External Antenna Optional external antennas can be mounted on a pole The external mount ing kit varies according to the specific antenna RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 A 3 Appendix B Link Budget Calculator Overview The Link Budget Calculator is a utility for calculating the expected perfor mance of the RADWIN 2000 wireless link and the possible configurations for a specific link range The utility allows you to calculate the expected RSS of the link and find the type of services and their effective throughput as a function of the link range and deployment conditions User Input You are required to enter or choose the following parameters Depending on the product some of the parameters have a default value that cannot be changed Band which determines frequency and regulation Channel Bandwidth fixed to 20 MHz for RADWIN 2000 Tx Power maximum Tx power per modulation is validated Antenna Type cannot be changed for ODU with integrated antenna Antenna Gain per site cannot be changed for integrated antenna Cable Loss per site cannot be
243. tennaGain CableLoss maxRegTxPower These parameters are controlled as follows gt To set Tx Power and configure antennas 1 Click the Configure buttons in turn to configure the antennas on both sides of the link Each one offers a dialog like this RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 24 Considerations for Changing Antenna Parameters Chapter 4 Antenna Type d RSS inboth antennasis similar Dual polarization antennais the right selection Required Tx Power per radio Tx Power per radio Tx Power system Antenna Gain Cable Loss Max EIRP EIRP Figure 4 17 Antenna configuration dialog 2 Choose the antenna type and required transmission Tx power for the first site and click OK You will receive the following warning Tx Power and Antenna configuration A 1 You are about to change the following parameters Antenna Type this will cause link re synchronization Do you want to proceed with the operation Figure 4 18 Antenna type change warning 3 Repeat the process for the second site 4 At the same time you can set the Antenna Gain and Cable Loss The Tx Power per radio indicates the power of each radio inside the ODU and is used for Link Budget Calculations The Tx Power System shows the total transmission power of the ODU and is used to calculate the EIRP according to regulations To see the relationship between Tx Power radio and Tx Power system note that dBm 10 x
244. ternalAlarmInPort1Clear 205 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 1 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 1 User Text Alarm Cleared externalAlarmInPort2Clear 206 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of port 2 is cleared Contains a single parameter which is its description 1 Description External Alarm 2 User Text Alarm Cleared lanPort1Clear 209 normal Indicates the LAN port 1 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description LAN port 1 status changed to connected 2 15 the Eth mode speed amp duplex lanPort2Clear 210 normal Indicates the LAN port 2 status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description LAN port 2 status changed to connected 2 5 Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 22 RADWIN Manager Traps Table 7 3 MIB Traps Sheet 4 of 4 Appendix J Name Severity Description mngPortClear 211 normal Indicates the management port status changed to connected Contains two parameters 1 Description Management port status changed to connected s 2 s Is the Eth mode speed amp duplex externalAlarmInPort3Clear 212 normal This Trap is sent every time an External Alarm Input fault of po
245. terruption Do you wish to continue If you accept then the system will search for the best operating channel RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 12 Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Chapter 5 Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization el Banc Automatic Channel Selection Available Channels List GHz V 5 740 5 755 5 770 5 785 5 800 5 815 5 745 5 760 5 775 5 790 5 805 5 820 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 795 5 810 5 825 gi gt Transmitting on Channel 5 740 GHz Reselect Channel Cancel Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 6 Searching for the best operating channel The link will return to the status of Figure 5 5 above with a possible change to the operating channel If you work without automatic channel selection the Channel Settings win dow looks like this Link Configuration Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Operating Channel GHz 5 780 v Channel Bandwidth MHz C Automatic Channel Selection Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 7 Channel Settings without automatic channel selection RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 13 Configuring the Link Step 3 Channel Settings Chapter 5 If you click the Operating Channel drop down list the following window appears Link C
246. the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonaAirlIntervalEntry N A This is an entry in the Interval Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMonaAirintervalldx winlink1000OduPerfMonAirintervalldx RO This table is indexed per interval number Each interval is of 15 minutes and the oldest is 96 winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMinRS RO Current Min Received Level Reference per L interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalMaxR RO Current Max Received Level Reference per SL interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalRSLT RO Number of seconds Receive Signal Level hresh1Exceed exceeded the RSL1 threshold per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirlntervalRSLT Number of seconds Receive Signal Level hresh2Exceed exceeded the RSL2 threshold ACCESS read only per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonaAirIntervalMinTS RO Current Min Transmit Signal Level per interval L winlink1000OduPerfMonAirlntervalMaxT RO Current Max Transmit Signal Level per interval SL winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalTSL Th RO Number of seconds Transmit Signal Level resh1Exceed exceeded the TSL1 threshold per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirIntervalBBER RO Number of seconds Background Block Error Ratio Thresh1Exceed exceeded the BBER 1 threshold per interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayTable N A This table defines keeps the counters of the current 15 min interval winlink1000OduPerfMonAirDayEntry N A This is an entry in the Days Table INDEX iflndex winlink1000OduPerfMo
247. the Installation procedure on page 4 21 When you have completed making your choice proceed to the Services window Configuring the Link Step 5 Services Here is the services dialog RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 16 Configuring the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration Chapter 5 Link Configuration Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate Service Configuration TOM Jitter Buffer Services 7xE1 Ethernet Rate Mbps Adaptive v Distance D Km 0 Miles IDU B Product RW 7216 2000 RW 7216 2000 HW Version 3 3 SW Version 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 52009 2 2 05 b3028 Feb 5 2009 Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dm Figure 5 12 Services and Rates dialog To choose Services see the corresponding Installation procedure on page 5 16 Click Next to continue Configuring the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration The following dialog is displayed RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 17 Configuring the Link Step 6 TDM Clock Configuration Chapter 5 Link Configuration Wizard Parameters Configure the TDM Parameters below TX Clock 1 nf configure T 1 3 5 7 9 15 2 Select Maximum T TT TT LE LIL JE dL Deselect Al 2 4 6 a 10 12 14 Master Clock i independent Clock Per Port Supported Monitor Link Radio Interface RSS dBm Figure 5 13 TDM Parameters Configuration To configure the TDM Parameters
248. the service provider to legal and Caution financial liabilities Resellers or distributors of this equipment are not liable for injury damage or violation of regulations associated with the installation of outdoor units or antennas This product was tested with special accessories indoor unit IDU or PoE 4 Cat 5e shielded cable with sealing gasket 12 AWG grounding cable Warning which must be used with the unit to insure compliance Indoor Units comply with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 iii 1 These devices may not cause harmful interference 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Canadian Emission Requirements for Indoor Units This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada China MII Operation of the equipment is only allowed under China 5 8GHz band regulation configuration with EIRP limited to 33 dBm 2 Watt India WPC Operation of the equipment is only allowed under India WPC GSR 38 for 5 8GHz band regulation configuration Unregulated In countries where the radio is not regulated the equipment can be operated in any regulation configuration best results will be obtained using Universal regulation configuration Safety Practices
249. there are Radio Interference Ethernet Service and the Frequency panes The left hand pane with the blue background is split into three sub panes If you click Site A or Site B in the tool bar you will be offered another win dow which in turn displays on of several panels depending on which func tion you choose RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 1 18 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Viewing and Printing Site Configuration A File Actions Help Backup Restore Refesh Buzzer Off Installation Mode System Management Air Interface Network Parameters VLAN 54 Tx Power 8 Ant 22 Hub Site Sync Management R Security Trap Destination Date amp Time IP Address Advanced dk Ethernet 3X External Alarms 3 Operations IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Inventory Default Gateway O 11220 Chapter 1 Figure 1 14 Site Configuration window with open Management panel Viewing and Printing This manual is optimized for viewing online as a PDF file To this end it uses an 11 point Tahoma typeface for main text Here are a few pointers for hard copy printing The 11 point Tahoma typeface is large enough to print the manual at two pages per sheet e For good legibility use a commercial grade laser printer A color printer is of course best however a monochrome printer set to use gray scale gives acceptable results e Better qual
250. thernet traffic received and transmit ted rates per site in Mbps of Fbps selectable in the panel tile bar RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 6 The RADWIN Manager Main Menu Chapter 5 Current Ethernet bandwidth available Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Ethernet Service Ethernet Throughput Mbps 0 0 0 0 The green scale will be changed according to the Current Ethernet Maximum Ethernet bandwidth bandwidth available available at the used Air rate Figure 5 2 Ethernet Throughput Indication e TDM Services TDM Service Counters Display Accumulative Current 1 2 X 10E 4 1 6 X 10E 4 TOM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks 20 e The title bar enables you to switch betweenAccumulative and Current view e Immediately below the title bar is displayed the TDM Block Fail ure Ratio It is zerod by the Clear Counters button in the tool bar e Error block count is shown immediately above the active TDM channels display e The color of the TDM ports reflects their current status e Green Operational e Red Error LOS for loss of signal and AIS for Alarm Indi cation Signal e Yellow loopback e Frequency box It shows the link frequency The color of the box indicates the status Frequency 5 820 GHz Green is an active link Red is an inactive link Magenta shows an authentication or compatibility problem RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 7 The RADWIN Manag
251. tics Dialog Box 2 Select or deselect the data options If the file is to be sent to RADWIN Customer Support leave all options checked 3 Click File Path to specify the folder in which you want to save the file and then click Start to save the information The file is saved in the specified folder as Diagnostics Informa tion txt Link Compatibility Link Compatibility indicates the version compatibility using software traps As new hardware or software is added to existing networks compatibility issues may arise An incompatibility issue is indicated to the user by a change of color of the Link Status box on the Main Menu window Trap mes sages can be viewed in the Events Log indicate the problems or limitations and suggest upgrades when appropriate The following Link Status messages are given RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 2 TDM Loopbacks Chapter 7 fullCompatibility different software versions were detected that are fully compatible The message indicates that an upgrade is available restrictedCompatibility different software versions were detected that operate correctly However new features are not supported softwareUpgradeRequired different software versions were detected allow ing limited operation The message is that a software upgrade is required versionsIncompatibility different software versions were detected that are incompatible You need to perform local upgrades Table 7 2 Link Compati
252. tion la terre Seulement un personnel qualifi utilisant l quipement de s curit appropri doit pouvoir monter sur le pyl ne d antenne De m me l installation ou le d montage de ODU ou de pyl nes doit tre effectu e seulement par des professionnels ayant suivi une formation gt Pour monter l ODU 1 V rifier que les supports de fixation de l ODU sont correctement mis la terre 2 Monter l unit ODU sur le pyl ne ou sur le mur se r f rer la Installa tion sur pyl ne et mur au dessous 3 Connecter la c ble de terre au point de ch ssis sur l ODU 4 Relier le c ble ODU IDU au connecteur ODU RJ 45 5 Visser les presses toupe de c bles pour assurer le scellement herm tique des unit s ODU 6 Attacher le c b e au pyl ne ou aux supports en utilisant des colliers clas ses UV 7 R p ter la proc dure sur le site distant RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 L 2 Connecter la terre IDU C Appendix L Ne pas se placer en face d une ODU sous tension Prudence Connecter la terre a IDU C Connecter un c ble de terre de 18 AWG la borne de masse de l appareil L appareil doit tre constamment connect la terre e Les appareils sont pr vus pour tre install s par un personnel de ser vice e Les appareils doivent tre connect s une prise de courant avec une A protection de terre Prudence e Le courant CC du IDU C doit tre fourni par l interm diaire d un d
253. tion A File Actions Help 2 Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation Mode Q Air Interface BEES Tx Power amp Ant SNMP Communities 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory Link Password Link Password R Security Link Lock Date amp Time Advanced Ethernet 3X Extemal Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel The Link Lock checkbox is now unavailable 5 Repeat the procedure for Site B To revert the Link Lock status unlocked power down each ODU in turn Use the above procedure to uncheck the Link Lock status No box for the live ODU simple ODU reset at either end will restore the link to its previous locked or unlocked state Muting the alignment tone buzzer The ODU alignment tone becomes audible as soon as power is supplied and continues until the ODUs are aligned and the link established It is possible to mute the tone during regular operation of the link It must be enabled when performing the alignment procedure gt To mute the alignment tone buzzer 1 Choose a site The Configuration dialog box opens 2 In the Configuration dialog box click the Buzzer button Buzzer Auto Inst E v Auto On Off WieIESS CINK Figure 6 16 Alignment tone buzzer states RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 18 Setting External Alarm Inputs Chapter 6 3 Click Off The tone is disabled gt To restore the alignment tone b
254. tion allows you to configure link parameters which do not lead to sync loss or require a reset Some may change service performance in respect of which warnings are displayed For ease of use the Link Configuration wizard follows the same pattern as Link Installation You should therefore be familiar with the content of chap ter 4 The following parameters are configured using the Link Configuration Wiz ard e System parameters e Channel settings e Transmission power and antenna settings e Service parameters Link Configuration Getting Started The Main Window of the RADWIN Manager Ensure that the RADWIN Manager is running The main window should look similar to that in figure 5 1 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 5 1 The RADWIN Manager Toolbar Chapter 5 RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help 2 Link Configuration Li t ite Get Diagnostics Clear Counters Link TPSF_BTT LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dem Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Ethernet Service Status Link Active Ethernet Throughput Mbps Rx Rate Tx Rate Location Radio Interface IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TDM Service Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Block Failure Ratio Error Blocks IP Address 192 168 1 102 E1 Ports Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Trap Destination 0 0 0 0
255. tive after re activation of the TDM service winlink1000IlduTdmMasterClockActual 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 2 3 Integer RO Actual Trunk used for TDM Master Clock winlink1000IduTdmConfigTable N A IDU TDM Links Configuration table winlink1000IduTdmConfigEntry N A IDU TDM Links Configuration table entry INDEX winlink1000IduTdmConfigIndex winlink1000IduTdmConfigIndex RO Table index winlink1000IduTdmlflndex RO Link index in the interface table RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 17 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 14 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000IduTdmLineCoding 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 6 Integer RW This parameter applies to T1 trunks only The parameter controls the line coding Setting the value to each of the indices applies to all A change is effective after the next open of the TDM service winlink1000IduTdmLoopbackConfig 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 9 Integer RW Loop back configuration table Each of the trunks can be set Normal Line loop back or Reverse line loop back A change is effective immediately winlink1000IduTdmLineStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 2 6 6 1 10 Integer RO Line status winlink1000IduTdmCurrentTable N A IDU TDM Links Statistics table winlink1000IduTdmCurrentEntry N A IDU TDM Links Statistics table entry INDEX winlink1000IduTdmCur
256. tman for read write and public for read only If Community values were previously defined enter them under Community in the Read Only or Read Write boxes If you are a user with read only permission click the Read Only Mode check box The RADWIN Manager main window is displayed see figure 4 8 Log on Errors Unsupported Device Attempting to connect to an unsupported device will result in the following error message RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 6 Incorrect IP Address Chapter 4 Device unreachable Unsupported device Please check the IP Address was entered correctly Figure 4 6 Unsupported device message Incorrect IP Address If the IP address chosen is invalid or the link is unreachable the following error message will be displayed Device unreachable Please check IP Address was entered correctly Ping connection to the device Read Only Community string setting in the login dialog Forgotten community string can be retrieved From product label or Technical Support Do you want to continue Figure 4 7 Unreachable device message In both of the above situations you will see a warning graphic along side the IP Address field Incorrect Password If you type an incorrect password in the Login window you will see a warn ing graphic alongside the password field Continuing without an IP Address The RADWIN Manager provides limited offline functionality when there is no a
257. ual Release 2 2 C 6 Internal ESD Protection circuits Appendix C To ODU ODU IDU Andrew CAT5e cable Grounding Kit Pole Ground Point Surge Arrestor Ground Lug rear To IDU Figure C 6 Surge Suppressor and grounding at building entry point Internal ESD Protection circuits RADWIN 2000 is designed to meet the ETSI FCC Aus NZ CSA EMC and Safety requirements To fulfill these requirements the system s Telecom lines at the ODU IDU are Transformer isolated and include internal ESD Electro Static Discharge Protection circuits RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 C 7 Appendix D Preloading an ODU with an IP Address Why this is Needed All ODUs supplied by RADWIN come pre configured with an IP address of 10 0 0 120 For use in a network the ODUs must be configured with suit able static IP addresses The method for doing this under office conditions is set out in chapter 4 This appendix explains how do achieve the same thing in the field Required Equipment The minimal equipment required to pre load an ODU with an IP address is e Laptop computer managing computer satisfying the requirements of table 4 1 e Aninstalled copy of the RADWIN Manager e A PoE device Ethernet LAN cable e An IDU ODU cable e If you have connectorized ODUs two N type RF terminators The procedure gt To Preolad an ODU with an IP address 1 Using the IDU ODU cable connect the PoE device to the
258. uence The following steps are required to install the RADWIN 2000 system 1 Mounting the ODUs page page 3 7 2 Mounting the external antennas if used page page 3 7 3 Mounting the Lightning Protection devices if used page page 3 8 RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 5 Outdoor installation Chapter 3 4 Outdoor connections page page 3 8 5 Mounting the IDUS page page 3 8 6 Indoor connections page page 3 12 7 Aligning the ODUs antennas page page 3 13 See figure 3 7 below which illustrates a typical installation of RADWIN 2000 with an external antenna Dual Polarization Antenna Connectorized Coax ODU cables ODU IDU CAT5e cable T 1 IDU To Ethernet Power DC x2 or AC Network through adapter Equipment To E1 T1 Dry Contact Network Alarms Equipment Figure 3 7 Typical Installation Diagram with external antenna The installation steps are detailed in the following sections Outdoor installation Preparing the ODU before Deployment Each ODU must be pre loaded with an IP address This may be done prior to deployment in the field or on site using a Laptop computer The process is quite straight forward and described in appendix D RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 6 Mounting the ODU Chapter 3 S Na o Warning Mounting the ODU The ODU can be mounted on a pole or a wall In both installations the sup plied mounting kit is used to secure the ODU
259. uzzer 1 Choose a site The Configuration dialog box opens 2 Click On to have the buzzer beep continuously or Auto to have the buzzer beep only in install mode Setting External Alarm Inputs The IDU C has four external alarm inputs and four external alarm outputs in the form of dry contact relays The Alarm interface is located on the front panel of the IDU C and is a 25 pin D type female connector See appendix H for wiring specifications and pinout You may enable or disable each of the alarms and configure the alarm description text appearing in the alarm trap message The ODU sends the alarm within less than a second from actual alarm trigger gt To set the external alarm inputs 1 Choose External Alarms from the Site Configuration window Site Configuration A File Actions Help 2 gt Restore Refresh Buzzer Off i Installation Mode System External Alarms External Alarm Inputs Q Air Interface 4 Tx Power amp Ant Inputi Clear Disabled v Alarm Description 2 Hub Site Sync gt D Input2 Clear Disabled v Alarm Description B Management Inventory Input3 Clear Disabled v Alam Description Security Input4 Clear Disabled Alarm Description Date amp Time Advanced 24 Ethernet External Alarms Y Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 17 External Alarms Configuration 2 Choose an alarm and set its mode to Enabled or Disabled
260. ve to align the second antenna 4 Secure the antennas to the pole wall 5 Restore one of the antennas to ANT 2 on both sides of the link RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 3 14 Link Installation The RADWIN Manager This chapter explains how to use the RADWIN Manager to install a RADWIN 2000 radio link Installing theRADWIN Manager Application Minimum System Requirements The RADWIN Manager application is distributed on a CD Operating system specific PC resources required by the application are set out in table 4 1 below Table 4 1 PC Requirements for the RADWIN Manager Application Memory 128 MB 512 MB 1 GB Processor P III P IV P IV Dual Core Requirements common to all systems are e Hard disk 1 GB free space e Network 10 100BaseT NIC e Graphics 1024x768 screen resolution with 16 bit color e Microsoft Explorer version 5 01 or later Installing the Software gt To install the RADWIN Manager application 1 Insert the CD into the CD DVD drive of your computer The CD opening window appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 1 Getting Started with the RADWIN Manager Chapter 4 RADWIN CD gt Install RADWIN Manager dv Link Budget Calculator The Wireless Choice Quick Installation Guide RADWIN 2000 WinLink 1000 2 Choose Install RADWIN Manager and follow the on screen instructions of the installation wizard to complete the setup of the RADWIN Manage
261. w ODU exactly the same as the old ODU to avoid configuration mismatches which will disrupt the link An ODU may be reconfigured in several ways Use the backup Configuration If a backup of the configuration is available restore that configuration using Site A Restore Manual Configuration The new ODU can be configured manually according to the link configuration Remember to use the same settings for Link ID channels link password IP addresses and names Restoring Factory Setup gt To restore factory setup e See page 6 20 Online Help Online help can be accessed from the Help menu on the main window of the RADWIN 2000 Manager RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 20 Customer Support Chapter 7 User Manual 2 2 mH gt amp Back Forward Print RADWIN 2000 Figure 7 18 Online Help for RADWIN 2000 Customer Support Customer support for this product can be obtained from the local VAR Inte grator or distributor from whom it was purchased For further information please contact the RADWIN 2000 distributor near est to you or one of RADWIN s offices worldwide see RADWIN World wide Offices at the beginning of this manual RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 21 RADWIN 2000 Part 2 Advanced Installation Broadband Wireless Transmission User Manual Release 2 2 Appendix A Pole and Wall Installation ODU Mounting Kit Contents Table A 1 Bill of Materials
262. wer e TxPower system is maxAvailableTxPower 3 for 2 radios Max EIRP is maxRegEIRP e EIRP is maxAvailableTx Power Antenna Gain Cable Loss The table in figure 4 20 only shows rates where the maximum Tx Power is the limitation rather than regulations When you close the window of figure 4 20 the change you requested will not be honored and you will need to try again RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 26 Installing the Link Step 5 Services Chapter 4 Since our demonstration link is entirely indoors we have reduced Tx Power to 5 dBm to obtain a realistic RSS Although this is much too low for field use the method is general Link Installation Wizard Tx Power and Antenna parameters Fill the Tx Power and Antenna Fields of local and remote sites Antenna Type Antenna Gain dBi Tx Power per radio dBm Tx Power system dBm EIRP dBm 36 36 Monitor Link Radio Interface B RSS dem z Quality No Serv Ethernet Ethemet Serv Ethemet Ethemet TDM Figure 4 21 Antennas configured for two dual and Tx power 5aBm 5 When you are finished with Tx Power configuration Click Next Installing the Link Step 5 Services The Services dialog appears RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 27 TDM Services selection Chapter 4 Link Installation Wizard Services Select the Services and Rate _ Service Configuration Jitter
263. winlink1000OduAirRxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 1 Integer RO Received Signal Strength in dBm winlink1000OduAirTotalFrames 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 2 Counter RO Total Number of received radio frames winlink1000OduAirBadFrames 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 3 Counter RO Total number of received radio frames with CRC error winlink1000OduAirCurrentRate 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 4 Integer RO Deprecated parameter Actual rate of the air interface in Mbps For Channel Bandwidth of 20 10 5 MHz divide the value by 1 2 4 respectively winlink1000OduAirCurrentRateldx 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 9 5 Integer RO Index of current air rate RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 J 7 MIB Parameters Table 7 2 Private MIB Parameters Sheet 4 of 15 Appendix J Name OID Type 5 Description o o winlink1000OduAirTxPower36 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 10 Integer RW Deprecated parameter Actual behavior is read only winlink1000OduAirTxPower48 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 11 Integer RW Deprecated parameter Actual behavior is read only winlink1000OduAirCurrentTxPower 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 12 Integer RO Current Transmit Power in dBm This is a nominal value while the actual transmit power includes additional attenuation winlink1000OduAirMinFrequency 1 3 6 1 4 1 4458 1000 1 5 13 Integer RO Minimum center frequency in MHz winlink1000OduAirMaxFr
264. word N DO Ul A U Click OK at the Password changed success message e Restoring Factory Defaults returns the Link Password to wireless bridge Note e Ifthe link is inactive then the link password may also be changed from the Site Configuration dialogs See page 6 14 Installing the Link Step 3 Channel Settings RADWIN 2000 systems have a feature called Automatic Channel Selection ACS In the event of sync loss ACS chooses the first available channel in a list of monitored channels nominated in the Channel settings window of Figure 4 14 below A channel switch takes place sufficiently fast as to ensure no loss of service Link Installation Wizard Channel Settings Any changes to the Channel field may result in a Link re synchronization Installation Channel GHz v Channel Bandwidth MHz 20 Automatic Channel Selection Available Channels List GHz 5 740 5 755 5 770 5 785 5 800 5 815 5 745 5 760 5 775 5 730 5 805 5 820 5 750 5 765 5 780 5 735 5 810 5 825 gt Select All Clear All Monitor Link Radio Interface B RSS dBm uH EL Quality Figure 4 14 Channel Settings Automatic Channel Selection No Serv Ethernet Ethemet Serv Ethemet Ethernet TDM The default frequency for the product is shown RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 4 20 Installing the Link Step 4 Tx Power and Antenna Settings Chapter 4 gt To select channels to be used by the link 1
265. x with one Site A port selected 3 Click configure to choose a loopback mode Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All None B Reverse A wwe we LJL OK Cancel Figure 7 4 Loopback options 4 Click the required loopback mode RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 7 4 TDM Loopbacks Chapter 7 Loopback Help Loopback Configuration Configure Select Maximum Deselect All Configure Select Maximum Deselect All B 1 3 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 13 15 2 4 6 12 2 4 6 12 a 10 14 16 a 10 14 16 9 11 5 Click OK to activate the sected loopback s This activates selected loopback s The corresponding service port icon in the main menu changes color and appearance to indicate an active loopback RADWIN Manager 192 168 1 101 Operator File Configuration Tools Maintenance Help x gt 2 Link Configuration ik Installatior Get Diagnostics Clear Counters fe Link TPSF LinkID EBG 20561334 Services 7xE1 Ethernet Frequency GHz 5 820 RSS dBm Channel BW MHz 20 Rate Mbps Adaptive Ethernet Service Rx Tx Rate Units Mbps Fps Status Link Active Ethernet Throughput Mbps 36 7 Location Radio Interface IP Address 192 168 1 101 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 TDM Service Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 TDM Black Failure Ratio Error Blocks
266. y after verifying proper management operation change the other ODU VLAN setting 9 Click Apply or OK Site Configuration A File Actions Help 2 Backup Restore Refresh Buzzer Off Installation System Management E Network Parameters VLAN Q Air Interface Tx Power amp Ant Enabled 22 Hub Site Sync B Management Inventory R Security Date amp Time Advanced VLAN ID VLAN Priority a Ethernet 2X Extemal Alarms 3 Operations OK Cancel Figure 6 5 Configuring management traffic VLAN Settings Lost or forgotten VLAN ID If the VLAN ID is forgotten or there is no VLAN traffic connected to the ODU then reset the relevant ODU During the first two minutes of connection the ODU uses management packets both with and without VLAN You may use this period to reconfigure the VLAN ID and priority RADWIN 2000 User Manual Release 2 2 6 6 Setting the Date and Time Chapter 6 Setting the Date and Time The ODU maintains a date and time The date and time should be synchro nized with any Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 compatible server During power up the ODU attempts to configure the initial date and time using an NTP Server If the server IP address is not configured or is not reachable a default time is set When configuring the NTP Server IP address you should also configure the offset from the Universal Coordinated Time UTC If there is no s
267. y changing both the signal modulation and coding e Automatic Channel Selection ACS chooses the best channel by monitoring the available radio channels and dynamically select ing a channel which is best suited for transmission at any given time e Automatic Repeat Request ARQ is a mechanism for error con trol during data transmission When the receiver detects an error in the received information it automatically requests the transmitter to resend the information This process is repeated until the transmission is error free or the error continues beyond a predetermined number of maximum transmissions RADWIN 2000 s ARQ mechanism is optimized for time critical traffic e Forward Error Correction FEC with very low overhead and algorithms specifically designed for the varying conditions of license exempt frequency bands ensuring fast robust and error free communications High transmission Tx power of 25dBm The RADWIN 2000 system supports high Tx power compliant with radio regulations High Tx power increases the system s availability and range and enables the high performance with smaller antennas thus reducing the total cost of the solution lower CAPEX installation and tower rent costs lower OPEX Superior range performance The RADWIN 2000 system supports high capacity at superior ranges The Link Budget Calculator appendix B is used to determine the capacity and range according to the choice of product antenna

RADWIN 2000 Link

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents